SEMESTER I

15M101 CALCULUS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

3204

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS: Basic concepts - Limits, continuity, differentiation, functions of several variables, partial derivatives,
total derivatives, Taylor‘s formula for functions of two variables. (8+5)

INTEGRAL CALCULUS: Double integrals - double integrals over rectangles, double integrals as volumes, Fubini‘s theorem
(concept and statement only), double integrals in polar form, changing the order of integration. (6+4)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER: Basic concepts, separable differential equations, exact differential
equations, integrating factors, linear differential equations, Bernoulli equation, modelling- mixing problems, Newton‘s law of cooling.
(8+5)
LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF SECOND ORDER: Homogeneous linear equations of second order, linearity principle,
initial value problem, general solution, second order homogeneous equations with constant coefficients, Euler – Cauchy equation,
solution by variation of parameters, modelling- free oscillations. (7+5)

VECTOR CALCULUS: Gradient of a scalar field, directional derivative, divergence of a vector field, curl of a vector field. Integration
in vector field – line integrals, work, circulation and flux, path independence, conservative fields, surface integrals. Green‘s, Gauss
divergence and Stoke‘s theorems (concepts and statements only), evaluation of line, surface and volume integrals. (16+11)

Total L: 45 +T: 30=75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thomas G. B. and Finney R. L., ―Calculus and Analytic Geometry‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Wylie C R and Barrett L C, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010.

15A102/15M102/15P102 PHYSICS
3003
MECHANICS: Review of vector quantities in mechanics-definition of inertial mass based on Newton‘s laws. Newton's third law and
Free Body diagrams. Rigid body dynamics: Centre of mass. Moment of inertia. Torque, angular momentum and angular
acceleration. Work power and energy. Conservation of momentum. Conservation of energy. Elastic and inelastic collisions. Kinetic
energy considerations. Circular motion: Radial and tangential forces. Centripetal acceleration and centripetal force (9)

FRICTION AND WEAR: Static and dynamic friction, limiting friction. Coefficient of static friction, coefficient of dynamic friction.
Rolling friction. Lubrication and lubricants. Surface wear due to friction. Surface treatments for reducing friction. Traction and road
friction. Curvilinear motion of Automobiles- centripetal force. Skid, hydroplaning and principle of anti-lock braking mechanisms.
Surface treatments for increasing friction. (9)

OSCILLATORY MOTION AND WAVE MOTION: Review of simple harmonic motion Vibration of a spring and mass system.
Frequency response, damping and resonance. Wave motion: Definition of a plane progressive wave. Attenuation of waves.
Representation of waves using complex numbers. Differential equation of a plane progressive wave. Phase velocity. Phase and
phase difference. Solution of the differential equation of a plane progressive wave. Differential equation of 2-dimensional wave
motion. Introduction to numerical methods for solution of wave equation (9)

OPTICS: Review of Image formation using lenses and mirrors. Optical instruments for inspection. Spherical and chromatic
aberration. Methods of reducing aberrations. Aspherical components, aperture control, multiple elements. Adaptive optics. Definition
of depth of field.

Principles of optical metrology. Interferometric displacement measurements. Non-contact optical dimension measurements.
Systematic errors and calibration. Random errors. Statistical analysis of measured data: Sample size. Histograms. Normal
distribution, mean, standard deviation and confidence levels. Probable error. (9)

HEAT: Specific heat capacity, thermal capacity. Coefficient of linear thermal expansion. Methods of measurement of thermal
expansion. Thermal stresses in composite structures due to non-homogeneous thermal expansion. Applications - The bimetallic
strip. Expansion gaps and rollers in engineering structures. Thermal conductivity: Differential equation of one dimensional heat flow.
Searle's apparatus and Lee's disc apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity. Thermal Insulation. Convection and radiation.
Heat dissipation. Applications to refrigerators and ovens. (9)
Total = L: 45

24
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard Wolfson, ―Essential University Physics‖, Vols. 1 and 2. Pearson Education, Singapore, 2011.
2. Gaur R K, Gupta S L, ―Engineering Physics‖, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Halliday D., Resnick R. and Walker J., ―Fundamentals of Physics‖, Wiley Publications, 2008.
2. Raymond A. Serway and John W. Jewett, ―Physics for Scientists and Engineers‖, Volume 5, Chapters 40-46, Cengage
Learning, 2010.
3. Paul M. Fishbane . Stephen Gasiorowicz and Stephen T. Thornton, ―Physics for Scientists and Engineers‖, Extended Version,
Addison Wesley, 2001.
4. Paul A. Tipler and GeeneMosca, ―Physics for Scientists and Engineers‖, W.H.Freeman and Company, New York, 2004.

15A/M/P/Y103 CHEMISTRY
3003
BONDING AND GAS LAWS: Types of chemical bonds - bond polarity- dipole moment – partial ionic character - consequences.
Weak Interactions – Hydrogen bonding, van der Waals forces - influence on properties of matter. Metallic bond – free electron
theory, MO treatment - bonding in metals, semiconductors and insulators. Gas laws - Avogadro‘s law, molar volume calculations-
applications. (9)

THERMODYNAMICS: First law-statements-Hess law- applications. Kirchhoff‘s equation, adiabatic flame temperature. Joule
Thomson effect - liquefaction of gases. Second law-statements- entropy and spontaneity, entropy changes in ideal gas. Free
energy and spontaneity - Gibbs-Helmholtz equations. Chemical potential – applications. (9)

PHASE RULE: Definitions – Derivation of phase rule, one component system (water)- Clausis clapeyron equation, two component
systems Cu-Ni and Pb-Ag -lever rule-application. Solubility of gas in liquids. Distribution law- principle of extraction –applications.
Binary liquid systems - fractional distillation – azeotropic mixtures . (9)

CHEMICAL KINETICS AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY: Integrated rate laws - kinetics of complex reactions. Chain reactions-
mechanism and kinetics of combustion of hydrogen and hydrocarbons.- adsorption isotherms- Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms,
BET isotherm (derivation not required). Determination of surface area of catalyst. Applications of adsorption. Colloidal systems-
Sols, critical micelle concentration. (9)

ELECTROCHEMISTRY: Electrodes-types - calomel and silver/silver chloride, ion selective electrodes – applications, emf series –
Nernst equation, galvanic and concentration cells- Potentiometric titrations. Irreversible processes - activation and concentration
overpotentials – practical significance. Electrolytic conductance – conductance of strong and weak electrolyte – conductometric
titrations. Electropolishing and electrochemical machining, electrophoretic painting, anodizing. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Peter Atkins and Julio de paula, ―Physical Chemistry‖, Oxford university press, New York, 2010.
2. Puri B. R., Sharma L. R. and Pathania M. S., ―Principles of Physical Chemistry‖, Vishal Publishing Company, Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Gopalan R., ―Text Book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. Sharma B. K., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Krishna Prakashan Media (P) Ltd., Meerut, 2005.
3. Shashi Chawla, ―A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2005.

15M104 ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY

2203

LEARNING LANGUAGE THROUGH STANDARD LITERARY AND GENERAL TEXTS: Integrated Tasks focusing on Language
Skills – Training based on Text based Vocabulary, tone, register and Syntax features (12)

GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: Word Order – Subject Verb Concord – Style features – Tenses, Conditionals, Prepositions, Active and
Passive Voice, Modals and Transformation of Sentences (14)

GUIDELINES FOR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Principles of Clear Writing - Paragraph Writing – Essay Writing – Emphasis
Techniques – Summarizing and Paraphrasing – Analytical Writing – Letter Writing (4)

25
WRITING PRACTICE (8)

FOCUS ON SPOKEN ENGLISH: Task – based activities with graded levels of difficulty and with focus on language functions

Level 1: Self – expression – Greetings in Conversation, Hobbies, Special interests, Daily routine
Level 2: General Awareness – Expression of Concepts, Opinions, Social Issues, Description of a process / picture/chart,
news presentation / review
Level 3: Advanced Skills – Making Short Speeches and Participating in Role Plays (14)

LISTENING ACTIVITY: Task- based Activities using Language Lab (8)

Total: L: 30+T: 30 =60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Simon Haines, Mark Nettle and Martin Hewings, ―Advanced Grammar in Use‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Jill Singleton, ―Writers at Work: The Paragraph‖, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2012.
3. Anne Laws, ―Writing Skills‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderbad, 2011.
4. Sinha D.K., ―Specimens of English Prose‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad, 2012.

15M105 PROBLEM SOLVING AND C PROGRAMMING

2203
INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEM SOLVING: Program development - Analyzing and Defining the Problem - Algorithm - Flow Chart.
(2+2)

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES: Definition - Types of programming language – Modular Programming - Program Development
Environment. (2+2)

C: The C character set - Identifiers and keywords - Data types – Constants - Variables - Declarations – Expressions - Statements -
Operators & expressions - Arithmetic operators - Unary operators - Relational & logical operators - Assignment operators -
Conditional operators - comma operator – size of operator - Library functions - Data input & output functions. (4+4)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: If else - Switch Case - While - Do While - For - Nested loops - break – continue – goto statements.(4+4)

FUNCTIONS: Function prototype - Defining a function – function call - Passing arguments to a function - Storage classes - auto -
static - extern and register variables. (4+4)

ARRAYS: Defining an array - Processing an array - Passing array to a function - Multi dimensional array - Arrays & strings. (4+4)

POINTERS: Definition - Pointer Arithmetic - Pointer and arrays – Dynamic memory allocation. (2+2)

STRUCTURES AND UNIONS: Definitions - Processing a structure – Array and structures – Nested structures - Structures and
pointers - Structures and functions. (4+4)

FILES: Need for files – Operations on files - Sequential and Random access file functions - File Handling Functions - Error handling
functions. (2+2)

Preprocessor Directives - Command Line Arguments. (2+2)

Total: L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Schildt, ―C: The Complete Reference‖, McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Rama N Reddy, Carol A Ziegler, ―C Programming For Scientists And Engineers With Applications‖, Jones And Bartlett, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Gottfried B,‖ Programming With C‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.
2. Deitel H M and Deitel P J, ―C : How To Program‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
3. Kernighan B W and Ritchie D M, ―C Programming Language (ANSI C)‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

26
 15M106 CONCEPTS OF ENGINEERING DESIGN & ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
3003

VISUALIZATION AND FREEHAND SKETCHING: Understanding of form and functions, freehand sketching of typical engineering
components (2)

ENGINEERING DESIGN: Engineering design process, Identification and analysis of needs, Organization of design concept,
Modeling, Design Management, Information Gathering, Presentation Techniques, Rapid Prototyping. (5)

REVIEW OF MECHANICS: Force, torque, power, moment of inertia, bending moment, eccentric loading, friction, free body
diagrams (7)

DESIGN PRINCIPLES: Occam‘s Razor, Saint-Venant‘s Principle, Golden Rectangle, Abbe‘s Principle, Maxwell‘s Reciprocity
Theorem, Self-Principles, Stability, Symmetry, Parallel Axis theorem, Accuracy, Repeatability, Resolution, Sensitivity direction, Fool
Proofing. (4)

STRESS AND STRAIN: Loading (elastic and plastic), stress, strain, Young‘s modulus, shear modulus, stress-strain curve (yield
strength, ultimate tensile strength, proof strength, percentage elongation), tensile stress and shear stress computation, thermal
stress, stress concentration factor, hoop stress, bending of beams, torsion of shafts, ductility, toughness, Hertzian contact stress,
Fatigue (high-cycle, low-cycle), fracture mechanics (Initiation, Propagation, failure), springs-strain energy, bearings-an overview,
theories of failure (14)

INNOVATION AND INVENTION SERIES: Creativity-development concepts, examples, Concept Evaluation, Mind Maps, TRIZ,
Intellectual Property Rights (5)

PLANNED EXPERIMENTATION THROUGH GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING: Introduction, the front panel, the block diagram, data
acquisition, components of a DAQ system, DAQ hardware configuration, DAQ assistant, analog I/O, digital I/O, typical sensor
interface examples. (4)

GREEN DESIGN PROCESS: Material life cycle, Embodied energy, 80-20 rule, Carbon foot print, Green design in industry,
Sustainability, Biomimetics. (4)

PROJECT BASED LAB SESSIONS

 Assembly and dismantling of a bicycle / pneumatic cylinder
 Sensor Interface to monitor temperature by employing thermocouple using graphical programming
 Study of cut sections of automotive components
 CAD modeling of a typical engineering component using a CAD software
 Make a component / product
Total: L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael Ashby, Hugh Shercliff and David Cebon, ―Materials Engineering, Science, Processing and Design‖, Elsiever, 2008,
2. Myer Kutz, ―Environmentally Conscious Mechanically Design‖, John Wiley & sons, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. LabVIEW: User Manual By National Instruments, 2010.
2. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, ―PSG Design Data Book‖, PSG College of Technology, 2010.
3. Jacob, Golden Berg, David Mazursky, ―Creativity in Product Innovation‖, Cambridge University Press, 2002.
4. James Garrat, ―Design and Technology‖, Cambridge University Press, 1988.

15M110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS I

1043

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Engineering Drawing- Lettering practice, drawing instrument practice, Bureau of Indian Standards
(BIS), geometric constructions, principles of dimensioning. (4+15)

ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION: Principles of orthographic projection-projection of points, straight lines, planes and solids.
Orthographic projection of simple engineering components-missing view exercises. Drawing orthographic views of typical
components like vice, lathe tailstock. (4+15)

27
PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS: Principles of pictorial views, isometric view of simple engineering components. Free hand sketching
of orthographic views from pictorial views. Free hand sketching of isometric views from given two or three views. Drawing pictorial
views of four wheeler, multistoried building. (4+15)

COMPUTER GRAPHICS: Introduction to computer aided drawing, co-ordinate system and reference planes, commands- 2D
drawings. Drawing 2D view of machines like lathe, radial drilling machine. (3+15)

Total: L: 15 + P: 60 = 75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Venugopal K and Prabhu Raja V, ―Engineering Graphics‖, New Age International Publishers, 2010.
2. John K.C, ―Engineering Graphics for Degree‖ PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Bureau of Indian Standards, ―Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges SP 46-2003‖, BIS, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Shaw M.B and Rana B.C, ―Engineering Drawing‖, Pearson Education India, 2009.
3. PSG CAD/CAM Centre Laboratory Manual, AutoCAD Level I and II, 1997.
4. Luzadder and Duff, ―Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing‖, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

15M111 PHYSICS LABORATORY I

0021

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Young‘s modulus of a wooden bar – Cantilever method.
2. Determination of coefficient of viscosity of water – Poiseuille‘s method .
3. Measurement of Vibration Frequency of electrically maintained tuning fork - Melde‘s Apparatus.
4. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum using diffraction grating.
5. Determination of thermal conductivity of bad conductor using Lee‘s disc method

DEMONSTRATION:
1. Optical phenomena using He – Ne Laser
2. Ultrasonic cleaning.
3. Thin film deposition using DC/RF sputtering technique.
4. Surface Profilometer
Total: P: 30

REFERENCES:
1. Physics Practicals, Department of Physics, PSG College of Technology 2015.
2. J.D.Wilson and C.A.Hernandez, ―Physics Laboratory Experiments‖, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005.

15A/M/P112 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I

0021
1. Estimation of strength of an acid by pH -metry.
2. Estimation of acids in a mixture by conductometry.
3. Anodizing of aluminium and determination of thickness of anodic film, sealing and dyeing of anodic film.
4. Determination of total, permanent, temporary, calcium and magnesium hardness of water by EDTA method.

Total P: 30
REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

15M113 ENGINEERING PRACTICES

0021
1. Foundry- Tools, preparation of moulding sand, patterns, cores, foundry exercises.
2. Welding - Metal arc welding tools and equipment, exercises by Arc welding and TIG welding Processes.
3. Fitting - Tools, operations, exercises Make ―T‖-Joint and ―L‖ Joint, types of joints.
4. Carpentry- Tools, carpentry process, carpentry exercises, types of joints.
5. Power Tools- Demonstration of tools and operations.
6. Plumbing-exercises-external thread cutting and joining

28
7. Sheet metal work& Soldering - Tools, operations, exercises Make a Rectangular Tray in Galvanized Iron sheet
Total: P: 30

REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory manual prepared by Mechanical Engineering department, 2010
2. Chapman, W.A.J. Workshop Technology, Edward Arnold, 2001.

SEMESTER II

15M201 COMPLEX VARIABLES AND TRANSFORMS

3204

COMPLEX VARIABLES: Complex differentiation-Analytic function, Cauchy Riemann equations, harmonic functions. (6+4)

COMPLEX INTEGRATION: Cauchy‘s integral theorem, Cauchy‘s integral formula, Laurent series (concept and statement only),
singularities and zeros, residue integration method (Residue integration of complex integrals only), linear fractional transformations.
(8+5)
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS: Laplace transform, inverse transform, linearity, s-shifting, transforms of derivatives and integrals, unit
step function, t- shifting, Dirac‘s delta function, periodic functions, convolution , differentiation and integration of transforms, Method
of solving differential equations and integral equations by using Laplace transform technique. (12+9)
.
FOURIER ANALYSIS: Fourier series - functions of any period 2L, half range expansions. Fourier transforms, Fourier cosine and
sine transforms. (9+6)

HOMOGENEOUS PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Basic concepts, modeling – vibrating string, wave equation, solution by
separating variables, one-dimensional heat equation, steady state two-dimensional heat equation (Cartesian coordinates only) -
solution by Fourier series. (10+6)

Total L: 45+T: 30=75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Wylie C. R. and Barret L.C., ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Mathews J. H. and Howell R. W., ―Complex Analysis for Mathematics and Engineering‖, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,
2011.
2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010.

15M202 ENGINEERING MECHANICS

3204

STATICS OF PARTICLES: Force on a particle – resultant of two forces and several concurrent forces – resolution of a force –
equilibrium of a particle – free body diagram – force in space – equilibrium of a particle in space. (7+4)

STATICS OF RIGID BODIES IN 2 DIMESNSION: External, Internal forces – transmissibility – moment of a force – varignon‘s
theorem – moment of a couple – resolution of a force into a force and a couple – reduction of a system of forces – reactions at
supports and connections – equilibrium of a two and three force bodies –case studies. (6+4)

FRICTION: Laws of dry friction – angles of friction-coefficient of static and kinetic friction – wedges – journal bearings – axle friction
– thrust bearings – disk friction – wheel friction – rolling resistance – belt friction– case studies (6+4)

ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES: Simple trusses-Method of joints, method of sections – joints under special loading conditions –
space trusses – analysis of frames (6+4)

CENTROID, CENTRE OF GRAVITY AND MOMENT OF INERTIA: Centroids of areas, composite areas, determination of moment
of inertia of plane figures, polar moment of inertia-radius of gyration – mass moment of inertia of simple solids. (6+4)

KINEMATICS: Introduction-plane, rectilinear and rotary motion-time dependent motion-rectangular coordinates-projectile motion.
(5+4)

KINETICS: Equation of motion-rectilinear and rotary motion-Newton‘s II law – D‘Alembert‘s principle- Energy - potential energy-
kinetic energy-conservation of energy-work done by a force - work energy method. (5+4)

29
IMPULSE AND MOMENTUM: Concept of conservation of momentum- Impulse-Momentum principle- Impact-Direct central impact-
oblique central impact, impact of a moving train on the spring board. (4+2)
Total: L: 45 + T: 30 = 75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Beer F P and Johnson E R, ―Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Statics and Dynamics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2010.
2. Rajasekaran S and Sankarasubramanian G, ―Engineering Mechanics-Statics and Dynamics‖, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Bansal R K, ―Engineering Mechanics‖, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. Bhavikatti S S, ―Engineering Mechanics‖, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
3. Young D H and Timashenko S, ―Engineering Mechanics‖, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2006.
4. Jivan Khachane, Ruchi Shrivastava, ―Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics‖, ANE Books, 2006.

15M203 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY AND WORK ETHICS 2002

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY: Objectives, Individual behavior, Group behavior, Group Dynamics, Leadership Styles, Industrial
Fatigue. (4)

SOCIAL SYSTEM: Definition, Scope, Significance, Society, Community, Institutions, Culture, Socialization, Social systems. (4)

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Definition, Importance, Functions, Training & Development. (3)

HUMAN VALUES: Value crisis in Contemporary Indian Society, Aesthetic Values, Moral and Ethical Values, Values in the Work
place (4)

WORK ETHICS: Professional Values & Ethics, Need, Issues, Challenges, Ethical Leadership. (3)

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND ETHICS: Concept of Social Responsibility, Importance of Social Responsibility, Business Ethics
(4)
INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP: Managing emotions, Emotional Intelligence, Building Better interpersonal Relations, Managing
the Boss, Dealing with Subordinates, Case Study. (4)

MOTIVATION AND PERCEPTION: Meaning, definition, Mechanism, Basic Theories of Motivation, Importance of Perception, Need
for Shaping Perception (4)
Total: L: 30
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Vikram Bisen & Priya, ―Industrial Psychology‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010.
2. Murthy C.S.V., ―Business Ethics‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Shankar Rao C.N – Sociology- Sultan Chand & Co, 1998.
2. Dezenzo A David and Robbins P Robbins, ―Human Resource Management‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, MA., 2002.
3. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖ - Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Tripathi. A. N., ―Human Values‖, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.

15M204 MATERIALS SCIENCE

3003
MAGNETIC PROPERTIES: Magnetic dipoles and magnetic field vectors. Dia, para, ferro, anti-ferro and ferrimagnetism. Hard and
soft magnets. Hysterisis loss, Low-conducting magnets, super conducting magnets and conducting magnets, magnetorheology and
applications. (8)

LASER INTERACTION WITH ENGINEERING MATERIALS: Introduction to Laser. Functional requirements for material
processing: Wavelength, Spatial and temporal coherence, spot size, spectral power density, spatial power distribution, beam profile.
Properties and Industrial Applications of Carbon-di-oxide, Nd:YAG, Excimer, Diode laser. Wavelength of operation, typical power
outputs, Q-switching. Interaction of Laser with matter: absorption spectra of target material, surface reflection, heat affected zone,
enhancing thermal outputs by oxidation or pretreatment of the surface, laser machining, marking, drilling, welding and heat
treatment. (10)

COMPOSITES: Introduction, significance of composites, functions of matrix and reinforcement in composites. Polymer, metal and
ceramic matrix composites, carbon carbon composites. Applications in machine tools, automobiles, aerospace and sports
equipments. Influence of fiber length, fiber orientation and concentration in functionality of the composites . (9)

30
TESTING OF MATERIALS: Ultrasonic inspection: Properties of Ultrasonic waves, Acoustic impedance, Pulse-echo method,
through transmission, Phase-array radiators, Ultrasonic detectors. Microscopic inspection: Optical microscopes for surface studies
(Metallography), Electron microscopy, Rayleigh‘s criterion, resolving power, electron waves, SEM, AFM and applications to
tribology Principles of Acoustic Emission for health monitoring of engineering structures (9)

ADVANCED MATERIALS: Nanomaterials: Size-dependant properties, applications: catalysis, ferro fluids, Shape Memory Alloys
(SMA): Characteristics, Properties of Ni-Ti alloys, SMA actuated robotics prosthesis, Orthodontics, Metallic glasses: Preparation,
properties and applications: Electric transformers. Bio-mimetic materials. (9)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. William D Callister Jr., ―Materials Science and Engineering – An Introduction‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 2007.
2. Shaffer J P, Saxena A, Antolovich S D, Sanders T H Jr. and Warner S B, ―The Science and Design of Engineering Materials‖,
McGraw Hill Companies Inc., New York, 1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Arthur Beiser ―Concepts of Modern Physics‖ Tata Mcgraw Hill,India , 2002.
2. Van Vlack, ―Elements Of Material Science And Engineering‖, Pearson Education India, 2008.
3. Sze S.M, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, John Wiley and Sons,USA, 2007.

15M205 CHEMISTRY OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS

3003
WATER: Hardness- estimation-EDTA method – alkalinity - estimation. Boiler troubles and remedies. Softening- zeolite and
demineralization processes. Internal conditioning. Treatment of water for municipal supply, break point chlorination, desalination by
reverse osmosis and electrodialysis. Water analysis - flame photometry, brief outline of AAS and ICP-MS. (8)

FUELS AND LUBRICANTS: Petroleum - refining, Cracked and polymer gasoline. Knocking in petrol and diesel engines – octane
and cetane rating of fuels - reforming of gasoline. Coal- coke manufacture- liquefaction of coal - synthetic petrol. Calorific value -
calculation. Theoretical air requirement- calculation. Chromatographic analysis of fuels and exhaust gases. Catalytic convertors.
Mechanism of lubrication, properties of lubricants- additives and improvers. Lubricating emulsions, gels and greases, synthetic
lubricants, fluolubes - silicone lubricants, solid lubricants. (9)

POLYMERS: Classification, degree of polymerization, molecular weight – Mn and Mw. Polymerization reactions. Glass transition
temperature – factors affecting Tg - determination by DSC. Thermo plastics and thermosets, compounding of plastics, polymer
processing by compression, injection, extrusion and blow moulding techniques. Rubbers - vulcanization. Polymer blends and
composites. Polymers for foams. FRP and tank linings. (9)

CORROSION AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS: Mechanisms of galvanic and concentration cell corrosion. Atmospheric corrosion,
pitting and crevice corrosion. Stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue, fretting and cavitation. Corrosion protection by design, coatings -
electroplating of Cu, Ni and Cr. Surface conversion processes, anodic and cathodic protection, corrosion inhibitors, vapour phase
inhibitors. Paints – constituents and their functions, vitrious enamel coatings, super hydrophobic and self healing coatings. (9)

BATTERIES AND FUEL CELLS: Batteries: types- characteristics- construction and working of Lechlanche cell, lead-acid battery,
nickel-cadmium battery, lithium ion battery. Outline of batteries for special applications such as automobiles, airplanes, satellites,
torpedoes. Fuel cells: hydrogen – oxygen, direct methanol and proton exchange membrane fuel cells. (5)

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Adhesive bonding- adhesive action, development of adhesive strength- physical and chemical
factors influencing adhesive strength. Abrasives - characteristics- preparation, properties and applications. Refractories –
characteristics, types and composition- refractory bricks, uses. Glasses – types and composition, safety glass, laminated glass,
glass wool.
(5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Shashi Chawla, ―A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Samir S., ―Fuels and Combustion‖, India Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Derek Pletcher and Frank C. Walsh, ―Industrial Electrochemistry‖, Chapman and Hall, New York, 1993.
2. Sharma B. K., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Krishna Prakashan Media (P) Ltd., Meerut, 2005.

31
 15M210 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS II
1043
SECTION OF SOLIDS: Sections of regular solids, types of sections, BIS conventions, selection of sectional views. Sectional views
of simple engineering components. Drawing sectional views of typical machine parts like bearing, drill spindle. (4+15)

DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of lateral surfaces of regular solids, truncated solids and simple engineering sheet
metal components. Preparation of parts like chimneys, air conditioning duct using cardboard material. (4+15)

PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION: Principles of perspective projection, methods, perspective projection of solids. Drawing free hand
perspective projections of train, internal seating arrangement. (4+15)

COMPUTER GRAPHICS: Introduction to 3D modeling packages. Drafting practices - modeling of simple engineering
components, sections and extraction of 2D drawings. Modeling of plants like windmill, solar panel system. (3+15)
Total: L: 15 + P: 60 = 75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Luzadder and Duff, ―Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing‖, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2009
2. John K.C, ―Engineering Graphics for Degree‖, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Bureau of Indian Standards, ―Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges SP 46-2003‖, BIS, New Delhi, 2003.
2. George.E.Rowbotham, ―Engineering and Industrial Graphics-Hand Book‖, McGraw Hill Inc., 1982.
3. Shaw M.B and Rana B.C, ―Engineering Drawing‖, Pearson Education India, 2009.
4. Kumar M S, ―Engineering Graphics‖, D D Publications, Chennai, 2007.

15M211 PHYSICS LABORATORY II

0021
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of magnetic hysteresis
2. Determination of small thickness by interferometry
3. Determination of IV characteristics of solar cell
4. Measurement of temperature using IC thermal sensor LM35
5. Determination of specific resistance of metal and alloy using Carry Foster‘s bridge.
Demonstration:
1. Laser micromachining.
2. Crystal Growth system
3. Thin film deposition using electron beam and thermal evaporation.
4. Differential scanning calorimeter(DSC)
Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1.Department of Physics,‖ Physics Practicals‖, PSG College of Technology 2015
2.Wilson J.D. and Hernandez C.A,‖ Physics Laboratory Experiments‖, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005

15M212 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II

0021
1. a. Determination of alkalinity and TDS of water.
b. Determination of acid value, saponification value and iodine number of oils.
2. Electroplating of nickel & copper and determination of cathode efficiency.
3. a. Determination of Redwood / Saybolt numbers and kinematic viscosity of lubricating oils.
b. Proximate analysis of coal – determination of moisture, volatile matter, ash and fixed carbon.
4. a. Determination of efficiency of corrosion inhibitor.
b. Determination of flash and fire point, cloud and pour point of oil.
Total P: 30
REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

32
 15M213 INPLANT TRAINING 0021

Module 1: Basics About Industry: Layout of HED & RMD, Organization structure, Safety measures.

HEAVY ENGINEERING DIVISION:

Module 2: List of machine tools, Components and operations on each machine tool, Cutting tools, Work holding and tool holding
devices in each machine tools, Basics of Welding process.

Module 3: Lathe - Components and its materials, Operations and assembly. Hand tools, Measuring instruments and Gauges used
in industries. Study of various material handling devices used in industry.

ROTATING MACHINERY DIVISION:

Module 4: INDUCTION MOTOR & SUBMERSIBLE MOTOR: Stator & Rotor fabrication, Winding, Motor Component list,
Component drawing and function, Machining details, Process sheet.

Module 5: PUMP: Types of pumps, Pump Component list, Component drawing and function, Machining details.

Module 6: Assembly &Testing of motor and pump.

COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL:

Module 7: Basics of CNC Machine. Study of various power transmission elements used in industries.

NEELAMBUR FOUNDRY DIVISION:

Module 8: Layout, Process - Pattern shop, Sand preparation, Core & Mould making.

Module 9: Melting and Pouring, Fettling.

Module 10: Machine moulding, DISA Flux machine, Defects in casting.

Module 11 & 12: Seminar & Evaluation.

Total: P: 30

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Heinrich Gerling, ―All about Machine Tools‖, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
2. Richard W Heine, ―Principles of Metal Casting, Heine‖, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, PSG College of Technology, ―Design Data Book-Online Portal‖, 2010.
2. HMT Handbook on ―Production Technology‖, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2004.

SUMMER TERM

15M215 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS 6092

UNIT I A: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE OF MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING:

Industrial revolution, purpose and evolution of production engineering, materials in manufacturing, conscious design &
manufacturing, economics - time and cost analysis, recent technologies - digital manufacturing, case studies. (L: 8)

UNIT I B:TRAINING IN CAD PACKAGE:

Solid modeling and assembly practice, Extraction of 2D view from 3D modeling, Coloring and shading of 3D models. (L: 8 P: 16)

UNIT II: SEMINAR PRESENTATION AND TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING

WRITING COHERENT PROJECT REPORT: Overview structure of reports, gathering informations - synopsis / abstract - title –
headings – table of contents – list of figures – list of tables – list of appendices – chapters – structured paragraphs – inferences,
conclusions – figures – tables – flow charts – complete design (headers and footers).-Plagiarism.

Each student will be required to submit a technical report based on the guidelines provided by the department. (L: 8 P: 6)

33
PROJECT PRESENTATION: Each student will be required to make one technical presentation for a minimum 15 minutes duration
in this course. Individual topics will be assigned to the students by the department. (P: 6)

PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION –ORAL SKILLS: Principles of group communication, interviewing, and making presentations-
group discussions, role plays, mock interviews- talking about some visual information- giving and receiving instructions. (P: 8)

Total: L: 24+P: 36=60

15M216 INPLANT TRAINING & TECHNICAL SEMINAR 6092

1. Factory layout, Organization structure, various departments.

2. Study of Broaching machine – Construction, mechanism of working.
3. Study of Boring machine – Construction, mechanism of working.
4. Study of Grinding machine – Construction, mechanism of working.
5. Study of Pressure die casting process.
6. Study of Pump Assembly.
7. Study of Motor Assembly.
8. Study of Lathe Assembly.
9. Study of Electro Discharge Machining and die making.
10. Visit to Foundry Division.
11. Visit to TIFAC – CORE
12. Visit to Nano Technology Laboratory.

Note: Students will make presentations on the details of activities carried out during InPlant Training in the presence of a
committee of faculty members every week. At the end of InPlant Training, a comprehensive report will be submitted by the
students for assessment.

Total: L: 24 +P: 36 = 60

SEMESTER III
15M301 NUMERICAL METHODS
2203

ERRORS: Approximations and round-off errors - truncation errors. (2+1)

LINEAR ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS: Direct methods - Naïve Gauss elimination method, Gauss-Jordan method, Crout‘s method,
Iterative methods - Gauss-Jacobi method, Gauss–Seidel method, eigenvalues and eigenvectors - power method, Jacobi method.
(5+5)

NONLINEAR EQUATIONS: False- position method, Newton-Raphson method, Bairstow‘s method, Graeffe‘s root squaring method.
(4+4)

INTERPOLATION AND CURVE FITTING: Newton‘s forward and backward interpolating polynomials, Newton‘s divided-difference
interpolating polynomials, Lagrange interpolating polynomials, coefficients of an interpolating polynomial, Chebyshev interpolation.
Curve fitting - least- squares regression. (4+4)

DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION: Numerical differentiation - equally spaced and unequally spaced data, numerical
integration, Newton-Cotes formulae, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‘s1/3 rule. (4+4)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Taylor-series method, Euler method, Heun‘s method, 4th order Runge-Kutta method,
multi step method - Milne method. (6+6)

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Finite difference: Elliptic equations - Laplace equation, Poisson equation – Liebmann
method, parabolic equations – heat conduction equation – Crank Nicolson‘s method, hyperbolic equations – vibrating string. (5+6)

Total L:30+T:30=60

34
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. Steven C Chapra and Raymond P Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Curtis F Gerald and Patrick O Wheatly, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Rizwan Butt, Introduction to Numerical Analysis Using MATLAB, Infinity Science Press, Hingham, 2008.
2. Richard L Burden and Douglas J Faires, Numerical Analysis, Thomas Learning, NewYork, 2005.
3. Amparo Gil, Javier Segura, Nico M. Temme, Numerical Methods for Special Functions, SIAM publishers, USA, 2007.

15M302 FLUID MECHANICS

2203
INTRODUCTION: Properties of fluids. Concept of gauge and absolute pressure, measurement of pressure using manometers of
different types.Types of flow - laminar, turbulent, unsteady, steady, non-uniform and uniform flows.Stream line, streak line and path
line. (3+3)

FLUID STATICS& KINEMATICS: Hydrostatic forces on submerged bodies, Buoyancy, flotation and stability, lagrangian and
eulerianapproach, fluid particle motion along a curved path,vorticity,circulation, flow nets (3+3)

IDEAL FLOW:Irrotational and rotational flows, stream function, potential function, D‘Alembert paradox, continuity equation- derivation
and applications to one dimensional flow, differential momentum equation, Impact of jets-force on fixed and moving vanes, flat and
curved. (3+3)

FLUID DYNAMICS: Navier Stokes equation – derivation and problems , derivation of Euler's equation and Bernoulli's energy
equation, examples illustrating the use of energy equations. (3+3)

LAMINAR FLOW: Hagen-Poiseuille equation – velocity profile, power calculations. Laminar flow between parallel plates - Couette
flow. (4+4)

FLOW THROUGH PIPES: Pipes in series and parallel. Reynolds number, Darcy-Weisbach equation, use of Moody diagram, minor
losses-sudden expansion, sudden contraction and losses in pipe fittings. (3+3)

FLOW MEASUREMENT: Orifice meter, Venturi meter, Flow nozzle, Pitot tubes, Multi-hole probe and Anemometer, Rotameter,
Hotwire anemometer, Magnetic flow meter, Displacement meter, Vortex flow meter, Turbine flow meter, Selection of flow meter.
(3+3)

DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND MODEL TESTING: Buckingham‘s  theorem, Reynolds, Froude and Mach number and their
applications in model testing. (3+3)

BOUNDARY LAYER THEORY: Development of boundary layer, Prandtl‘s boundary layer equations, Blasius solution, integral
momentum equation, drag on a flat plate, boundary layer separation and its control, streamlined and bluff bodies -flow around
circular bodies and aero foils, calculation of lift and drag. (5+5)
Total = L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Munson B R, Young D F and Okiishi T H, ―Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics‖, John Wiley & Sons., Singapore, 2006
2. Kumar D S, "Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering", Kataria S K and Sons, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Frank M White, "Fluid Mechanics", Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011
2. Victor Streeter, E. Benjamin Wylie, K. W. Bedford, "Fluid Mechanics", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Kumar K L, ―Engineering Fluid Mechanics‖, Eurasia Publications Limited, New Delhi, 1990.
4. John D Anderson, ―Computational Fluid Dynamics – The Basics with Applications‖, McGraw Hill, New York, 1995

15M303 MECHANICS OF MATERIALS

2203

STRESSES AND STRAINS: Stress and strain due to axial force, elastic limit, Hooke's law-factor of safety - stepped bars, uniformly
varying sections, stresses in composite bar due to axial force and temperature. Strain Energy due to axial force- proof resilience,
stresses due to gradual load, sudden load and impact load. (5+5)

35
CHANGES IN DIMENSIONS AND VOLUME: Lateral strain - Poisson's ratio, volumetric strain, changes in dimensions and volume,
shear stress, shear strain, relationship between elastic constants. Hoop and Longitudinal stresses in thin cylindrical and spherical
shells under internal pressure-changes in dimensions and volume. (4+4)

BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR FORCE: Relationship between load, shear force and bending moment - shear force and
bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams under concentrated loads, uniformly distributed
loads, uniformly varying loads, concentrated moments, maximum bending moment and point of contra flexure. (6+6)

BENDING STRESSES: Theory of simple bending and assumptions - derivation of equation, section modulus, normal stresses due
to bending. (3+3)

TORSION: Theory of torsion and assumptions-derivation of the equation, polar modulus, stresses in solid and hollow circular
shafts, power transmitted by a shaft, close coiled helical spring with axial load. (3+3)

PRINCIPAL STRESSES AND STRAINS: (Two dimensional only) State of stress at a point - normal and tangential stresses on a
given plane, principal stresses and their planes, plane of maximum shear stress, analytical method, Mohr's circle method,
application to simple problems. Determination of principal stresses in a shaft subjected to bending, axial and torsional load. (5+5)

DEFLECTION OF DETERMINATE BEAMS: Governing differential equation - Macaulay's method-moment area method,
application to simple problems; Introduction to buckling of columns - Euler Formula. (4+4)

Total L:30+T:30=60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Punmia B C, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain, "Mechanics of materials", Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Beer, Johnston & Dewolf, "Mechanics of Materials‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Jindal U C, ―Textbook on Strength of Materials‖, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
2. Don H Morris, William F Riley and Leroy D Sturges, ―Mechanics of Materials‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2007.
3. Russell C Hibbler, ―Mechanics of Materials‖, 2014
4. Gere & Timoshenko, ―Strength of Materials‖, Second edition, CBS Publisher, 2006

15M304 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES I

3003

METAL CASTING PROCESS: Patterns- Pattern materials, types of pattern, Pattern allowances-types of molding sand and its
properties, mold sand composition- Core making-Methods of sand testing- gating and risering System- Melting Practices: cupola,
Induction furnaces construction and operations- Casting cleaning and casting defects-Inspection methods. Special casting
processes: Investment casting process, Die casting process, shell molding process-centrifugal casting process-CO2 Process. (9)

JOINING PROCESSES: Fusion welding processes-Types of Gas Welding-Fuel Gases, Oxy-Acetylene Welding Equipment-Flame
characteristics- Filler and Flux materials, Electric-Arc Welding, Electrodes, Coated electrode designation for manual metal arc
welding, Carbon Arc Welding, Inert-Gas Shielded Arc Welding, Tungsten Inert-Gas Welding (TIG), Gas Metal-Arc Welding
(GMAW), Submerged Arc-Welding (SAW), Other Arc-Welding Processes, Resistance Welding-Welding Defects. Basic principles of
Thermit Welding, Laser Beam welding, Electron Beam Welding, Friction welding, Friction stir welding and Ultrasonic welding. (9)

BULK DEFORMATION PROCESSES: Hot working and cold working of metals-Forging processes-Open, impression and closed die
forging-types of Forging machines-Typical forging operations-Swaging-Rolling of metals-Types of rolling mills-Flat strip rolling-
Shape rolling operations-Defects in rolled parts-principle of rod and wire drawing-Tube drawing-Principles of extrusion-Types of
Extrusion-hot and cold extrusion-Equipments used. (9)

SHEET METAL PROCESSES: Sheet metal characteristics-Typical shearing operations, bending and drawing operations, blanking,
piercing, punching, trimming, etc. -formability of sheet metal-test methods of formability-Presses for sheet metal working, Elements
of a simple die; punch and die clearances; Progressive, compound and combination dies and Blanking force Calculations. Special
forming methods:Explosive forming, electromagnetic forming, electro hydraulic forming, composite mouldings. (9)

POWDER METALLURGY: Definition-Advantages, Disadvantages/Limitations of powder metallurgy-Applications of powder

metallurgy-Manufacture of parts by powder metallurgy-Production of metal powders-Blending of metal powders-pressing or
compaction of metal powders-sintering-finishing operations. (4)

PLASTIC PROCESSING: Processing of plastics: General aspects-Plastic processing methods-compression moulding-Transfer

moulding-Injection moulding-Expandable bead moulding- rotomoulding-blow moulding-Extrusion-Thermoforming. (5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rao P N, ―Manufacturing Technology‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., Volume 1, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Serope Kalpakjian and Stephen Schmid,‖Manufacturing, Engineering and Technology‖, SI 6th Edition -‖, Pearson Education,
2006.

36
REFERENCES:
1. Mikell P. Groover,‖ Principles of Modern Manufacturing‖, SI Version, Wiley & sons Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
2. R.K. Rajput,‖A textbook of manufacturing technology (manufacturing processes)‖,Laxmi publications (p) ltd, 2015.
3. Heine R W, Loper C R and Rosenthal P C, ―Principles of Metal Casting‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi,
2010.
4. NPTEL web and video course on Manufacturing Processes-I

15M305 KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY

3204

BASICS OF MECHANISMS: Terminology and definitions, degree of freedom, mobility. Grashoff‘s law. Kinematic inversions -
4-bar chain, slider crank chain. Mechanical advantage.Transmission angle.Description of common mechanisms, applications of
mechanisms. (6+4)

KINEMATICS: Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis in simple mechanisms, graphical method, velocity and acceleration
polygons. Kinematic analysis by algebraic method, a demonstration, vector approach, Chace equation, computer applications in the
kinematics analysis of simple mechanisms. (9+6)

FRICTION DRIVES: Limiting ratio of belt/rope tensions, centrifugal tensions. Condition for maximum power transmission,
corresponding speed in belt and rope drives, (6+4)

KINEMATICS OF CAM: Flat type, the fundamentals of cam, Classifications, displacement diagrams-parabolic, uniform velocity,
simple harmonic paths. Layout of plate cam profiles for different types of followers - knife - edged, roller, design, derivatives of
follower motion, pressure angle, transmission angle. (6+4)

GEARS: Spur gear terminology and definitions. Fundamental law of toothed gearing and tooth forms. Interchangeable gears, gear
tooth action-interference and undercutting. Helical, bevel, worm, rack and pinion gears (basics only). Gear trains, epicyclic gear
trains, differentials, automotive transmission gear trains. (8+5)

GYROSCOPIC COUPLE: Gyroscopic couple and its effect in ship, car, motorcycle, aircraft and space vehicles, gyroscopic
stabilization. (5+3)

SYNTHESIS OF LINKAGES: Number and dimensional synthesis – two position synthesis of slider crank and four bar- mechanisms.
(5+4)

Total = L: 45 + T: 30 = 75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Shigley J E and Uicker J J, ―Theory of Machines and Mechanisms‖, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Rattan S S, ―Theory of Machines‖, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw -Hill Publishers,New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Bevan T, ―Theory of Machines‖, 3rd Edition, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Ghosh and Mallick, ―Theory of Mechanisms and Machines‖, 3rd Edition, Affiliated East-West Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
3. Rao J S and Dukkipati, ―Mechanism and Machine Theory‖, 2nd Edition, New Age International, New Delhi, 1992.
4. Ashok G. Ambedkar ―Mechanism and Machine Theory‖, 1st Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

15M306 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

3204
BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS: Introduction, System, property, temperature and International Temperature Scale,
Zeroth law of thermodynamics and application, Thermodynamics state and equilibrium, process and cycle, work, heat and other
forms of energy. (5+6)

FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: First law of thermodynamics, applications to closed and open systems, uniform and non-
uniform processes, steady state and unsteady state processes, general energy equation and applications to thermal equipment.
(5+3)

PROPERTIES OF PURE SUBSTANCES, IDEAL GASES AND PROPERTIES OF STEAM: Ideal gas equation, Properties of Ideal
Gases, Equations of State, Law of Corresponding States, Properties of Mixtures, compressibility, universal compressibility chart,
Pure Substances, PVT Surfaces, PV, TV, and PT diagrams of water and other substances and differences of the same, phase-
change processes, Concept of Vapor Pressure, Properties of steam, Saturation Temperature and Pressure, Use of property tables,
TS diagrams, Mollier Chart, Rankine Cycle. (13+6)

37
SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius statements-heat engines and heat pump, reversibility, Carnot
cycle, Carnot theorem, Thermodynamic temperature scale, Deduction of the third law of thermodynamics , Types of Irreversibility.
I and II law Efficiency. (7+6)

ENTROPY & AVAILABLE ENERGY, AVAILABILITY AND IRREVERSIBILITY:: Clausius theorem, Property of Entropy, Clausius
inequality, Entropy Principle, Applications of entropy principle, Maximum work obtainable from finite heat reservoirs, Entropy
Generation in Closed and Open Systems, Isentropic Work in a Steady Flow Open System . Availability Basics, Available energy
referred to a cycle, Maximum work in a reversible process, Reversible work-open cycle and closed system, Availability and
Irreversibility, (10+6)

THERMODYNAMIC RELATIONS: Thermodynamic Relations, Maxwell‘s Equations, Joule Kelvin Effect, Clausius-Clapeyron
Equation, Conditions of Thermodynamic Equilibrium and Stability. (5 +3)

Total = L: 45 + T: 30 = 75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sonntag R E, Borgnakke C and Van Wylen G J,―Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics‖, John Wiley, 2003
2. Nag P K, ―Engineering Thermodynamics‖, Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Cengel Y Al and Boles M A "Thermodynamics, An Engineering Approach‖ Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Michael J Moran, ―Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics‖, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
3. Holman J P, ―Thermodynamics‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
4. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc-BANG/Basic%20Thermodynamics/New_index1.html

15M310 MANUFACTURING PROCESS LABORATORY

0042
CYCLE 1-LATHE

1. Study of construction features and manufacturing methods – Head stock, Tail stock, Carriage, Cross slide, Compound
rest, Belt, Guide ways, Feed gear box, Apron gear box.
2. Turning - Facing, chamfering and step turning
3. Turning -Taper turning and knurling
4. Turning- Step turning and Grooving
5. Turning –Step turning and Thread cutting-External
6. Turning -Eccentric turning
7. Turning- Facing, Drilling and Boring
8. Turning –Pin and bush assembly for H8 e8 clearance fit
9. Turning- Boring and internal thread cutting
10. Dismantling and assembly of Headstock and Tailstock

CYCLE 2-OTHER MACHINE TOOLS

1. Spur gear Milling
2. Spur, helical gear hobbing
3. Shaft grinding, Tool & cutter grinder
4. Plastic Injection Molding
5. Machining with EDM
6. Pocket milling
7. Drilling &force measurement
8. Shaping & slotting
9. Study of super finishing process
10. Study of Rapid Prototyping Machine

Total P: 60
REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.

15M311 FLUID MACHINERY LABORATORY

0042

1. Flow measurement using mouthpiece and orifice.

2. Calibration and comparison of instruments for measuring flow through pipes-orifice, venturimeter, water meter
and rotameter.
3. Calibration and comparison of open channel flow measuring instruments- V-notch and rectangular notch.
4. Experiment on force induced on the vane due to impact of jets.

38
5. Model study in wind tunnel.
6. Performance test on centrifugal pumps.
7. Load test on impulse and reaction water turbine.
8. Performance test on axial flow fan.
9. Performance test on centrifugal blower.
10. Fluid flow analysis using computational fluid dynamics
Total P: 60
REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.
2. Kumar D S, "Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering", Kataria S K and Sons, New Delhi, 2010.

SEMESTER IV
15M401 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
2203
PROBABILITY: Sample spaces and events, interpretations of probability, addition rule, conditional probability, multiplication and
total probability rules, independence, Baye‘s theorem. (4+4)

RANDOM VARIABLES AND PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Random variables - discrete random variables, probability
distributions and probability mass functions, cumulative distribution functions, expectation, binomial, Poisson and geometric
distributions - continuous random variables – probability distributions and probability density functions, cumulative distribution
functions, expectation, uniform, normal, and exponential distributions. (6+6)

JOINT PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Two dimensional discrete and continuous random variables, marginal and conditional
probability distributions, independence, covariance, correlation and linear regression. (8+6)

POINT ESTIMATION OF PARAMETERS AND SAMPLING DISTRIBUTIONS: Sampling distributions and the central limit theorem,
point estimation - unbiased estimators, variance of a point estimator, standard error and mean squared error of an estimator,
method of point estimation - maximum likelihood estimation. (4+4)

HYPOTHESIS TESTING: Statistical hypothesis, tests of statistical hypothesis, one-sided and two–sided hypothesis, confidence
intervals, large and small sample tests, inference concerning means, variances and proportions - Chi-square test for goodness of fit
and independence of attributes. (5+6)

ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE: Introduction, assumptions of analysis of variance, completely randomized design, randomized block
design, Latin square design. (3+4)

Total L:30+T:30=60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Douglas C. Montgomery and George C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Wiley India, Delhi, 2012.
2. Richard A. Johnson, Miller & Freund‘s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, Brooks/Cole, USA, 2012.
2. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying Ye, Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists,
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007.

15M402 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

3003

ELECTRIC CIRCUITS : Ohm‘s law, KCL, KVL, Solving simple DC Circuits - Single phase AC circuit fundamentals – Power, Power
factor – solving simple AC circuits – 3 phase AC circuits – Star and Delta Connection. (7)

DC MOTORS: Principle of Operation- types – back emf – torque equation - speed torque characteristics – losses and efficiency –
speed control of DC motor – Electric Braking - Applications. (5)

AC MACHINES :3 phase Induction Motor -construction– Principle of operation – types – torque equation - speed torque
characteristics – 1 phase Induction Motor – Principle of operation- types. Synchronous Motors – construction - Principle of
Operation. - Electric Braking of Induction Motor – Single phase Transformers – Construction and working principle – Types. (6)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Motor Selection – factors to be considered – power rating – types of Duty cycle – selection of
motors for machine tools applications, centrifugal pumps. (3)

ELECTRONIC DEVICES: Operation of PN junction diodes, VI characteristics, zener diode, BJT-types -CB, CE, CC configurations,
input and output characteristics, JFET, difference between FET and BJT-working principle and characteristics. MOSFET- types,

39
principle of operation and characteristics, Opto Electronic Devices-Introduction, types, photo conductive, photo diode,
phototransistor, Light emitting diode - Principles and Applications. (7)
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS: (Qualitative analysis only) Half wave and full wave rectifier, capacitive filters, zener voltage regulator,
RC- coupled amplifier, frequency response, oscillator, Barkhausen criteria, RC phase shift oscillator. (5)

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: Operational amplifiers, Ideal op-amp characteristics, Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier, op-
amp applications - Adder- Subtractor, integrator, differentiator, comparator, zero crossing detector – 555 Timer IC – Astable mode
(7)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS: Number systems- representation of signed numbers: 1‘s complement and 2‘s complement, logic gates,
Half adder, full adder, parallel adder/subtractor, Flip flops, RS,JK,JK Master slave, D and T type, counters and shift registers. (5)
Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mehta.V.K and Rohit Mehta, ―Principles of Electrical Engineering and Electronics‖, S.Chand & Co. Limited.,New Delhi, 2006.
2. Muthusubramanian.R, Salivahanan.S and Muraleedharan.K.A, ―Basic Electrical, Electronics and Computer Engineering‖, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishers, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Pillai.S.K,‖A First Course on Electrical Drives‖, New Age International Publications Limited, 2011.
2. Murugesh Kumar.K, ―Basic Electrical Science and Technology‖, Vikas Publishing Limited, 2011.
3. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain, ―Linear Integrated Circuits‖, New Age International Limited, 2003
4. Leach.D. P, Malvino.A.P and Goutam Saha, ―Digital Principles and Applications‖, Tata Mc Graw – Hill, 2008

15M403 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES II

3003
THEORY OF METAL CUTTING: Introduction: material removal processes: Nomenclature of a single point cutting tool, mechanics
of metal cutting, orthogonal and oblique cutting, Mechanism of chip formation, Types of chips Use of chip breaker in machining,
Machining forces and Merchant‘s Circle Diagram (MCD),Cutting tool materials-Thermal aspects- tool wear and tool life, surface
finish, cutting fluids. (9)

CENTRE LATHE AND SPECIAL PURPOSE LATHES: Centre lathe, constructional features, cutting tool geometry, various
operations, taper turning methods, thread cutting methods, special attachments, Capstan and turret lathes – automats – single
spindle, Swiss type, automatic screw type, multi spindle - Turret Indexing mechanism, Bar feed mechanism.
. (9)

OTHER MACHINE TOOLS: Reciprocating machine tools: shaper, planer, slotter. Milling: types, milling cutters, operations –Hole
making: drilling – Introduction, Reaming, Boring, Tapping –Other Hole-Making Operations- Sawing machine: hack saw, band saw,
circular saw-Broaching machines: broach construction – push, pull, surface and continuous broaching machines. Work holding
devices-Concept of Jigs and Fixtures and its applications. (9)

ABRASIVE PROCESSES AND GEAR CUTTING: Abrasive processes: Introduction-Grinding wheel: Designations and selection,
types of grinding machines – cylindrical grinding, surface grinding, centre less grinding –Grinding Process parameters- honing,
lapping, super finishing, polishing and buffing, - Gear cutting, forming, generation, shaping, hobbing. (9)

NON - TRADITIONAL MACHINING: Need for Non Traditional Machining, Electric-Discharge Machining (EDM) -Electrochemical
Machining-Ultrasonic Machining-chemical Machining-Laser Beam machining, Abrasive Water Jet machining (AWJM), electron
Beam Machining (EBM), Ion Beam Machining (IBM), Plasma Arc Machining (PAM)-Equipments- Process- Process Parameters and
Machining Characteristics,Applications,Limitations (9)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. P N Rao, ―Manufacturing Technology – Metal Cutting & Machine Tools‖, 3/e Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2013.
2. Milton C Shaw, ―Metal Cutting Principles‖, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Kalpakjian,‖ Manufacturing Engineering and Technology‖, Addison Wesley Publishing Company Inc.,2001.
2. Mikell P. Groover,‖ Principles of Modern Manufacturing‖, SI Version Fifth Edition, Wiley & sons Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
3. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=112105126
4. James Brown, ―Advanced Machining Technology Handbook‖, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1998.

40
 15M404 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY
3204
STATIC FORCE ANALYSIS OF MECHANISM: Free Body diagram-conditions of equilibrium, two, three and four force members,
effect of friction. (6+4)

DYNAMIC FORCE ANALYSIS OF MECHANISM: Inertia force and D Alembert’s principle. Dynamic force analysis of mechanisms
including slider crank mechanism. (7+4)

FLYWHEEL: Turning moment diagram-fluctuation of energy and speed, weight of flywheel required. (5+4)

BALANCING: Balancing of revolving, masses in single plane and several planes – Balancing of reciprocating masses, primary and
secondary forces and couples, balancing of multicylinder inline engine. V and radial engines, direct and reverse crank technique.
Balancing machines – field balancing, single and two planes. (8+6)

FREE VIBRATION: Basic features of vibratory systems-elements, degrees of freedom, single degree of freedom system.
Undamped free vibration-equation of motion, natural frequency. Damped free vibration, equation of motion, logarithmic decrement,
critical speed of shaft. (6+3)

FORCED VIBRATION: Response to periodic forcing-forcing by unbalance, support motion, force and amplitude transmissibility,
force transmissibility, vibration isolation. (6+4)

TORSIONAL VIBRATION: Torsional vibration of two and three rotor systems, geared systems (5+3)

VIBRATION DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL: General considerations- vibration measurement-vibration pickups, signature analysis
(2+2)

Total = L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
TEXT BOOKS:
rd
1. Shigley J E and Uicker J J, ―Theory of Machines and Mechanisms‖, 3 Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Rattan S S, ―Theory of Machines‖, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw -Hill Publishers,New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, ―Mechanical Vibrations‖, 4th Edition, Pearson India, 2003.
2. Ghosh and Mallick, ―Theory of Mechanisms and Machines‖, 3rd Edition, Affiliated East-West Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
3. Graham Kelly.S, ―Fundamentals of Mechanical Vibrations‖, 2nd Edition, Mcgraw-Hill Incorporation, 2000.
4. Rao V Dukkipati and Srinivas.J ―Textbook of Mechanical Vibrations‖, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Learning, 2012.

15M405 THERMAL ENGINEERING I

2203

THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES: Determination of state‘s properties, terminologies and cycle efficiencies: Carnot cycle, Air standard
cycles- Otto cycle, Diesel cycle, Dual cycle, comparison of Otto, diesel, and Dual Cycle. (3+3)

I C ENGINES: Classification. Principle and working of four stroke and two stroke petrol and diesel engines with P-V and T-S and
valve and port timing diagrams. Comparison of petrol and diesel engines - two stroke and four stroke engines, Wankel engine- rotor
and stator geometry, advantages and limitations. (4+4)

FUEL SUPPLY AND IGNITION SYSTEM: Working principles of carburetors, MPFI system. Battery and Magneto ignition type
systems. Diesel fuel pumps and injector-working principle- CRDI system. Supercharging and turbo charging (3+3)

ENGINE LUBRICATION AND COOLING: necessity of lubricating system, properties of lubricating oil; Methods and types of
lubrication systems; wet sump and dry sump systems; necessity of engine cooling; disadvantages of over cooling. Cooling systems;
air cooling, water cooling: radiators. (4+4)

TESTING AND PERFORMANCE: Testing of IC engines-basics, engine measurements; air & fuel flow rate, constant speed and
variable speed test, methods of estimating indicated power: Indicator diagram; Willan‘s line; Morse test, brake power, volumetric
efficiency. Heat balance test. emission measurement, emission reduction techniques (4+4)

FUELS & COMBUSTION ENGINEERING: Chemical reactions, fuel properties, flue gas analysis, Heating values –HCF and LCF
analysis. Minimum air flow requirement for combustion. Normal and abnormal combustion processes –knocking / detonation,
Factors affecting knocking/detonation in SI and CI engines; Fuel ratings: Octane and Cetane numbers, adiabatic flame temperature
calculation. (6+6)

41
RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR: Working principle-effect of clearance on volumetric efficiency, equations for shaft work and
efficiencies, Multi-Stage Compression, inter-cooler, optimum intermediate pressure in a two stage compressor. (3+3)

ROTARY COMPRESSORS: Rotary positive displacement compressor- types-Roots Blower, Sliding Vane Compressor, Screw
Compressor. Performance calculations. (3+3)

Total: L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ganesan.V, "Internal Combustion Engine", Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Limited, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Rudramoorthy R, "Thermal Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.

REFERENCES:
1. Colin R Ferguson, "Internal Combustion Engines", John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1989.
2. Kothandaraman.C.P and Domkundwar.S, "Thermodynamics and Thermal Engineering", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi,
2004.
3. Edward F Obert, "Internal Combustion Engines", Interscience Publishers, 1971.
4. Rajput.R.K, ―Thermal Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications (P) Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

15M410 MACHINE DRAWING

0042
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to machine drawing, Importance of sectional views. Computer-aided drafting (2+6)

CONVENTIONS: Code of practice for engineering drawing-conventional representation of details- drilled and tapped holes,
countersunk and counter bored holes, internal and external threads, undercuts, grooves, chamfers, fillet radii and keyways.
Conventions to represent standard components-bolts, nuts, washers, screws, cotters, pins, circlips, bearings, gears, springs and
flanges. (3+6)

ASSEMBLY CONCEPTS: Assembly requirements, Bill of materials. Methods of assembly-bolts, nuts, studs, screws and
pins.Methods of arresting motion of a member in an assembly. Assembly and dismantling exercise of a typical assembly with
emphasis on assembly sequence and appropriate fits, (3+9)

FITS AND TOLERANCES: Limits, fits and tolerances-need, types, representation of tolerances on drawing, calculation of minimum
and maximum clearances and allowances. Geometric tolerance-uses, types of form and position tolerances, symbols, method of
indicating geometric tolerances on part drawings. Surface finish symbols- methods of indicating the surface roughness. Blue print
reading exercises. Making blue print drawings of production drawing. (8+6)

ASSEMBLY DRAWING PRACTICE: Drawing practice of typical subassemblies-Sleeve and cotter joint, flange coupling, plummer
block, stuffing box, gear box, foot step bearing, screw jack. (8+21)

ASSEMBLY USING SOLID MODELING: Modeling and assembly using a CAD software-extracting views and sections. Drawing of
assemblies-, machine vice, stop valve, drill jig, tail stock.Creation of bill of materials, calculation of mass and section properties,
interference check between solids. (6+12)

Total P: 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gopalakrishna K R, "Machine Drawing", Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2013.
2. John K C, "Text book of Machine Drawing", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. BIS, SP:46-2003 – ―Engineering Drawing Practice for Schools and Colleges", New Delhi, 2003.
2. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, PSG College of Technology," Design Data Book", M/s. Kalaikathir Publishers, Coimbatore,
2012.
3. ASME Y 14.5M-2009, ―Dimensioning and Tolerancing-Engineering Drawing and Related Documentation Practices‖, ASME, New
York, 2009.

15M411 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LABORATORY

0021

1. Verification of Ohm's law and Kirchoff's laws.

2. Measurement of Power and Power Factor in single phase RLC Circuit.
3. Mechanical Characteristics of DC Shunt and Compound Motor
4. Load test on Three phase Induction Motor
5. Electric Braking of 3 Phase Induction Motor (Dynamic braking / plugging)
6. Study of Halfwave and Fullwave rectifiers with and without filters

42
7. RC coupled transistor amplifier
8. Applications of Operational Amplifier: Adder, Subractor, Integrator and Differentiator
9. Study of logic gates and implementation of binary adder/subtractor
10. Implementation of Modulo-16 Counter Total : P: 30

REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Electrical and Electronics Engineering Department.

SEMESTER V
15M501 METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION
3003
BASICS OF MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND DEVICES: Definition of metrology, accuracy, precision and sensitivity, Abbe‘s
principle. Three stages of generalized measurement system - mechanical loading - static characteristics of instruments - factors
considered in selection of instruments - commonly used terms, error analysis and classification - sources of error. Principle of
interferometry, laser interferometer. (10)

CALIBRATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND QUALITY STANDARDS : Calibration of measuring instruments - principles of calibration,
Calibration of Instruments - Vernier caliper, Micrometer, feeler gauges, dial indicator, surface plates, slip gauges, care of gauge
blocks. General cares and rules in measurement, ISO 9000 quality standards. Comparators - mechanical, electrical, optical and
pneumatic. (8)

GEOMETRICAL MEASUREMENT AND MACHINE ELEMENTS: Angular measurement - optical protractors, sine bar, roundness
measurement, limit gauge, design of plug gauge, Taylor‘s principle, three basic types of limit gauges, Tomlinson surface meter,
computer controlled CMM. ISO metric thread, measurement of major, minor and effective diameters. Gear terminology, spur gear
measurement, checking of composite errors, base pitch measurement. (7)

POSITION, VIBRATION, TORQUE AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT: Position sensors: potentiometer, LVDT, proximity
sensors - types. Vibration sensors: accelerometer - types, vibrometer, seismic instrument. Torque sensors: strain gauge based and
proximity sensor based. Temperature sensors: liquid in glass thermometer, pressure thermometer, resistance temperature detector,
thermocouples and thermopiles, thermistor, optical pyrometer. (13)

PRESSURE AND FLOW MEASUREMENT: Elastic transducers - pressure cell, bulk modulus pressure gauge - Low Pressure
Measurement: McLeod gauge - thermal conductivity gauge, calibration of pressure gauge. Flow measurement - turbine type meter,
hotwire anemometer, magnetic flow meter. (7)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gupta.I.C, ―A text book of Engineering Metrology‖, Dhanpat Rai publications, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Beckwith.T.G,Roy D. Marangoni, John H. Lienhard, ―Mechanical Measurements‖, Prentice Hall, 2006

REFERENCES:
1. Holmen.J.P, ―Experimental Methods for Engineers‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co Limited, 2004.
2. Jain.R.K, ―Mechanical and Industrial Measurements‖, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 1999.
3. Alan S Morris, ―Measurement and Instrumentation Principles‖, Butterworth, 2006.
4. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/IIT-MADRAS/Mechanical_Measurements_Metrology/index.php.

15M502 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS

2203

INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN: Definition, phases in design process, machine element design, preferred numbers, standards and
codes in design, criteria for failure, factor of safety. (3+0)

COMBINED STRESSES: Normal stresses, eccentric loading of members, combination of normal and shear stresses, principal
stresses, theories of failure. (3+3)

VARIABLE LOADS: Mechanism of fatigue failure, fatigue limit and fatigue strength, S-N curves, types of stress variations,
terminology, Soderberg, Goodman and Gerber equations, stress raisers, stress concentration factor, notch sensitivity factor,
factors affecting fatigue limit, finite life, equivalent stress, combined variable stress. (4+4)

DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND COUPLINGS: Forces on shafts due to gears, belts and chains, estimation of shaft size based on
strength, rigidity and critical speed. Design of keys-use of standards, couplings-types and applications, selection of rigid and flexible
flange couplings. (4+4)

43
SPRINGS: Helical springs - stresses and deflection in round wire helical springs-accounting for variable stresses-concentric
springs. Design of leaf springs- stress and deflection equation, nipping. Study of helical and leaf springs in automobile suspension
system. (4+5)

RIVETED AND WELDED JOINTS: Strength equations, efficiency, design of riveted joints, eccentrically loaded riveted joints and
Lozenge joints Types of welded joints-weld symbols, strength of welds, centrally loaded, unsymmetrical sections, axially loaded,
eccentrically loaded joints; study of welded/ riveted joints for boilers and tanks. Introduction to bolted joints. (4+5)

SLIDING CONTACT BEARINGS: Theory of lubrication, hydrodynamic bearings, Sommerfield number, design of hydrodynamic
bearings. (4+4)

ROLLING CONTACT BEARINGS: Static and dynamic load capacity, cubic mean load, variable load, probability of survival,
selection of deep groove ball bearing.Study of bearing mounting details for machine tool spindles, front and rear axles of
automobiles. (4+5)

Total = L: 30 + T:P 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Shigley and Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
2. Bandari V.B, ―Design of Machine Elements‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Robert L Nortan, ―Machine Design-An Integrated Approach‖, Pearson Publishers, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Prabhu.T.J, ―Fundamentals of machine design‖, Mani offset, Chennai, 2003
3. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, PSG College of Technology," Design Data Book", M/s. Kalaikathir Publishers, Coimbatore,
2012.
4. Jacobson B O, Bernard J Hamrock and Steven R Schmid, ―Fundamentals of Machine Elements ‖, Mc Graw Hill, Inc., 2004.

15M503 THERMAL ENGINEERING II

2203
REFRIGERATION: Reversed Brayton cycle, air refrigeration, vapour compression refrigeration- use of T-s and p-h diagrams,
problems, sub-cooling and superheating. Performance calculations of air vapour compression refrigeration systems. Vapour
absorption refrigeration, adsorption cooling, evaporative cooling, Refrigerants- conventional and alternate types, designation and
properties, working of Steam Jet Refrigeration-simple problems. (6+6)

PSYCHROMETRY: Atmospheric air-Properties, Psychrometry Chart, Psychrometric processes.

(2+2)
AIR-CONDITIONING: Air-conditioning processes, Requirements for comfort and industrial air-conditioning, air washer, By-pass
factor, summer and winter air conditioning systems, apparatus dew point, sensible heat factor, balancing of components, cooling
load calculation-Estimation of cooling or heating load for building, Application-window type, split, package and centralized AC. (6+6)

COMPRESSIBLE FLOW: compressibility, Thermodynamic concepts, conservation equations, communication gases, stagnation
state, pressure waves in gases, stagnation state, differential equations for 1D flow, Isentropic flow with area variations. (4+4)

NORMAL AND OBLIQUE SHOCKS: Normal and Oblique-Concepts, relations, moving normal shocks, property variations (4+4)

NON-ISENTROPIC FLOWS: crocco‘s theorem, Fanno flow, Rayleigh flow, various choking mechanisms, Ramjet and scramjets.
(4+4)
FLOW VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES: Schlieren, shadow graph, Interferometry. (1+1)

PROPULSION: Turbo propeller and Turbojet-thrust, fuel power, thrust power, propulsive power, propulsive efficiency, thermal
efficiency and overall efficiency. Thrust augmentation. Rocket propulsion, specific impulse, Solid and liquid propellants. (3+3)

Total = L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sarao.A.S, ―Thermal Engineering‖ , Satyaprakasan, New Delhi, 2009
2. Rudramoorthy R, "Thermal Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.

REFERENCES:
1. Arora.C.P, ―Refrigeration and Airconditioning‖, Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 1992.
2. Kothandaraman.C.P and Domkundwar S, "Thermodynamics and Thermal Engineering", DhanpatRai and Sons, New Delhi,
2004.
3. Rajput.R.K, ―Thermal Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications (P) Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
4. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT%20Kharagpur/Ref%20and%20Air%20Cond/New_index1.html

44
 15M504 INDUSTRIAL METALLURGY
3003

CRYSTAL STRUCTURES: Unit cells, Crystal systems, Crystallographic directions and planes, FCC, BCC and HCP structures,
linear and planar densities, Close packed structures, Imperfections in crystal structures, Point defects, Dislocations, Grain
boundaries, Grain size determination, Slip and deformation. (7)

PHASE DIAGRAMS AND PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS: Phase, Gibbs phase rule, Microstructure, Binary phase diagrams,
Isomorphous systems, Conditions of unlimited solubility, Eutectic systems, Intermediate phases, Eutectoid and peritectic reactions,
Iron-Carbon diagram, Microstructures in Iron-Carbon alloys, Phase transformations, Isothermal transformation diagrams, Pearlite,
Martensite and Bainite transformations, Tempered martensite, Continuous cooling transformation diagrams. (7)

HEAT TREATMENT AND STRENGTHENING METHODS: Heat treatment of steels, Annealing, Normalizing, Quench hardening,
Tempering, Austempering, hardenability and hardenability test, Surface heat treatment / Case hardening, Carburising, Cyaniding,
Nitriding, Flame hardening, Induction hardening, Strain hardening / Cold working and annealing, Three stages of annealing, Solid
solution strengthening, Dispersion hardening, Precipitation / Age hardening, Strengthening by grain refinement. (7)

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES, FAILURE OF METALS AND TESTING: Hardness, Brinell hardness test, Rockwell hardness test,
Vickers Hardness test, Tensile properties, Tensile test, Toughness, Impact tests, Fatigue, Fatigue curves, Fatigue tests, Creep,
Creep curve, Creep tests, Fracture, Ductile fracture, Brittle fracture, Non-Destructive Tests, X-ray radiography, Gamma ray
radiography, ultrasonic test, Dye penetrant test, magnetic particle test. (9)

STEELS AND CAST IRONS: Carbon steels and Low alloy steels, Effects of alloying elements, Important low alloy steels, Stainless
steels, Ferritic, Martensitic and Austenitic stainless steels, Maraging steels, Tool steels, Types, Cast irons, White iron, Malleable
iron, Grey iron, Ductile iron. (7)

NON FERROUS METALS, CERAMICS AND COMPOSITES: Copper and copper alloys, Brasses, Bronzes, Alunium alloys, Temper
designations for aluminium alloys, Heat treatable and non-heat treatable aluminium alloys, Nickel and Nickel alloys, Monel, Super
alloys, Titanium and Titanium alloys, Alpha Ti alloys, Beta Ti alloys, Alpha-Beta Ti alloys, Nickel and nickel alloys, Ceramics,
Glasses, Refractories, Types of refractories, Composites, Types of composites. (8)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. William D Callister Jr, ―Materials Science and Engineering-An Introduction‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 2009.
2. Donald R.Askeland, Pradeep P. Fulay and Wendelin J. Wright ―Science and Engineering of Materials‖, Thomson brooks, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Sydney H Avner, ―Introduction to Physical Metallurgy‖ Mc Graw Hill Book Company, 1997.
2. Kenneth G. Budinski and Michael K. Budinski ,―Engineering Materials: Properties and Selection‖, Prentice Hall, 2010.
3. Barry Hull and Vernon John, ―Non Destructive Testing‖, ELEBS/Macmillan,1989.
4. Raghavan V, ―Physical Metallurgy: Principles and Practice‖, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., 2006.

15M505 TURBOMACHINERY
2203
ENERGY TRANSFER IN TURBOMACHINES: Energy transfer between fluid and a rotor. Euler's energy transfer equation.
Components of energy transfer, Degree Of Reaction, Impulse and reaction type, effect of blade angle on degree of reaction and
energy transfer. Specific speed and its significance (2+2)

HYDRAULIC TURBINE: Impulse type-Pelton wheel. Reaction type-Francis, Kaplan and Propeller. Principles of operation of turbine
calculation of main dimensions, regulation and performance. Draft tube-function and types. Cavitations in turbines. (4+4)

PUMPS: Introduction – Differences between positive displacement pump and roto-dynamic pumps. Classification- Radial flow, Axial
flow and mixed flow pumps - ideal and actual slip, performance calculation and determination of main dimensions. Minimum starting
speed. Cavitation in pumps- Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH). Fluid coupling and torque converter-Efficiency and slip. Selection of
pumps. (6+6)

TURBO-COMPRESSORS: Classification. Radial flow- work done by the impeller - isentropic efficiency-pressure and flow
coefficients - characteristic curves –surging and choking; Axial flow type- Aerofoil analysis-stalling. Calculation of delivery pressure,
isentropic and polytropic efficiency- number of stages. (6+6)

STEAM NOZZLE: Types-convergent, convergent-divergent, maximum mass flow rate and velocity of steam at exit, simple
problems, critical pressure ratio, Meta stable flow in nozzle. (4+4)

45
STEAM TURBINES: Types-single stage impulse type and reaction type, compounding of impulse turbines, degree of reaction, 50%
reaction, calculation of efficiency, maximum efficiency for impulse and reaction turbine. (4+4)

GAS TURBINE: Brayton cycle-Open cycle, closed cycle, methods of improving the efficiency of a simple cycle, components of
gas turbine, multistage compression, inter-cooling, reheating and regeneration, effect of operating variables on thermal efficiency,
work ratio. (4+4)
Total: L: 30+T: 30=60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dixon.S.L, ―Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2010.
2. S.M. Yahya ―Turbines,compressors and fans‖.Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010 .

REFERENCES:
1. Yadav.R.Y, "Steam and Gas Turbines", Central Publishing House, Allahabad, 1987.
2. Shephered.D.G, "Principles of Turbo Machinery", The Macmillan Co., New York, 1956.
3. Dixon.S.L, "Worked Examples in Turbomachinery", Pergamon Press, New York, 1975.
4. Rao V.V, ―Vacuum Science and Technology‖, Allied Publishers, 2005

15M510 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND MECHANICS OF MATERIALS LABORATORY

0042
1. a. Study of Metallurgical Microscope
b. Specimen preparation for metallographic studies
2. Study of Grey cast iron, SG iron and Malleable cast iron
3. Study of low, medium and high carbon steel
4. Study of hardened steel and case carburized steel
5. Study of AI and Cu alloys
6. Tension test on metals-stress strain characteristics, ductility, resilience, toughness
7. Hardness test on metals-Brinell, Vicker and Rockwell Hardness tests
8. Impact test on metals-Charpy, Izod impact tests
9. Torsion test on beams-torque and angle of twist characteristics, shear stress, modulus of rigidity, energy
10. Tests on helical springs-compression, tension springs-load deformation characteristics, stiffness, shear stress, modulus of
rigidity, energy
Total : P: 60
REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.

15M511 THERMAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY

0042

1. Experimental study on valve timing diagram in 4-stroke engine and port timing diagram in 2 – stroke engine.
2. Experimental study on port timing diagram in 2-stroke engine cut model
3. Performance test on constant speed 4-stroke diesel engine
4. Variable speed test on multi-cylinder diesel engine
5. Heat balance test on 4-stroke diesel engine
6. Performance test on high pressure two stage reciprocating air compressor
7. Performance testing of boiler and steam turbine.
8. IC engine performance evaluation using PC interface
9. Experiment of heating, ventilation and air conditioning unit
10. Experiment on Refrigeration tutor
Total : P: 60

REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.
2. Rajput.R.K, ―Thermal Engineering―, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2003.

SEMESTER VI

15M601 DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

2203
BELTS AND CHAIN DRIVES: Design of belt drives using basic equations, Design of V- belt drive based on manufacturer‘s data,
Design of chain drives, Introduction to timing belt and silent chain (4+4)

46
POWER SCREWS: Forms of threads, square and trapezoidal threads, collar friction, force analysis, design of power screws. (4+4)

DESIGN OF GEARS:Review of gear fundamentals, interference and undercutting, gear forces. Design of spur gear pair.Design of
helical gears -parallel axis helical gear, normal and transverse planes, helix angles, determining dimensions of helical gear pair.
(5+5)
BEVEL AND WORM GEARS: Introduction to design of bevel gears, Design of worm gear drive - efficiency, thermal consideration.
(4+4)
SPEED REDUCER AND GEAR BOX: Design of single stage speed reducer - gear tooth forces, shaft design and bearing
selection. Design of gear box for machine tools- kinematic arrangement, ray diagram and number of gear teeth. Gear tooth profile
correction (5+5)

CLUTCHES: Clutches - role of clutches, positive and gradually engaged clutches. Design of single plate and multiple plate
clutches. (4+4)
BRAKES: Role of brakes-types of brakes-self energizing and de-energizing brakes, thermal considerations. Design of single shoe
and double shoe brakes, design of disc brakes, design of internally expanding shoe brakes.Introduction to band brakes. (4+4)

Total = L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Robert L Norton, ―Machine Design - An Integrated Approach‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Bandari V.B, ―Design of Machine Elements‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Shigley and Mische, ―Mechanical Engineering Design‖, McGraw Hill, Inc., New Delhi, 2011.
2. Robert L Mortt, ―Machine Elements in Mechanical Design‖, Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2014.
3. Prabhu.T.J, ―Design of Transmission Elements‖, Mani offset, Chennai, 2003.
4. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, PSG College of Technology," Design Data Book", M/s. Kalaikathir Publishers, Coimbatore,
2012.

15M602 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER

2203
MODES OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER: Conduction, convection, radiation, thermal conductivity, Fourier Law, Fick‘s Law,
Newton‘s Law, Stefan Boltzmann‘s Law, heat transfer coefficient, mass transfer coefficient (2+2)

STEADY STATE HEAT CONDUCTION: Three-dimensional heat conduction equations in various co-ordinate systems, steady state
heat conduction equation for plane, cylindrical and spherical shapes, Critical radius of insulation, single layer and multi layer-film co-
efficient, Variable thermal conductivity, heat transfer with heat generation in different shapes. Extended surfaces (fins)-numerical
methods for varying sections of fins with different end conditions. (7+7)

UNSTEADY STATE HEAT CONDUCTION: Lumped parameter systems, Method of separation of variables, infinite solids, semi-
infinite solids, numerical and graphical methods (4+4)

CONCEPTS OF BOUNDARY LAYERS: Differential and Integral equations for hydrodynamics and thermal boundary layer
(2+2)

CONVECTION HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER: Forced Convection Heat and Mass transfer from flat plate, laminar and turbulent
flow, cylinders and spheres, flow through tubes. Free convection, heat transfer from vertical and horizontal surfaces (4+4)

BOILING AND CONDENSATION: Boiling heat transfer, bubble growth, freezing and melting. Condensation, film wise condensation
and drop wise condensation. (3+3)

HEAT EXCHANGERS: Types, tube and shell arrangements, single and multi pass types, parallel, counter and cross flow, compact
heat exchangers, LMTD & Effectiveness method (NTU) to study performance of heat exchangers, (4+4)

RADIATION HEAT TRANSFER: Emissive power, grey body, Irradiation, radiosity, Radiation heat transfer between surfaces, shape
factor, radiation shield, Gas radiation (4+4)

Total = L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Frank P Incropera and David P Dewitt, ―Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer‖, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007
2. Yunus A Cengel, ―Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Yildiz Bayazitogly and Necati Ozisik M, "Elements of Heat Transfer", McGraw Hill International Ed., New York, 1988.
2. Kothandaraman .C.P, "Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer", New Age International Publishers, Chennai, 1997.
3. http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc-BANG/Heat%20and%20Mass%20Transfer/New_index1.html

47
 15M603 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY

2203

DFM APPROACH, SELECTION AND SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS IN INDUSTRY: DFM approach, DFM/DFA guidelines,
comparison of materials on cost basis, DFA index. (2+2)

TOLERANCE ANALYSIS: Process capability, process capability metrics, Cp, Cpk , cost aspects, feature tolerances, geometric
tolerances, surface finish, review of relationship between attainable tolerance grades and different machining process, cumulative
effect of tolerances, sure fit law, normal law and truncated normal law (5+5)

SELECTIVE ASSEMBLY: Interchangeable and selective assembly, deciding the number of groups, Model-I: group tolerances of
mating parts equal; Model-II: total and group tolerances of shaft equal; control of axial play-introducing secondary machining
operations, laminated shims. (4+4)

DATUM SYSTEMS: Degrees of freedom, grouped datum systems-different types, two and three mutually perpendicular grouped
datum planes, grouped datum system with spigot, recess, pin, hole, tongue and slot, computation of translational and rotational
accuracy, geometric analysis and applications. (4+4)

TRUE POSITION TOLERANCING THEORY: Comparison between co-ordinate and convention method of feature location,
tolerancing and true position tolerancing,virtual size concept, floating and fixed fasteners, projected tolerance zone, assembly with
gasket, zero true position tolerance, functional gauges, paper layout gauging, compound assembly, Composite tolerancing,
examples. (4+4)

FORM DESIGN OF CASTINGS AND WELDMENTS: Redesign of castings based on parting line considerations, minimising core
requirements, redesigning cast members using weldments, use of welding symbols – case studies (3+3)

DESIGN FOR MACHINING: Design features to facilitate machining,datum features - functional and manufacturing, component
design-machining considerations, redesign for manufacture, examples. (3+3)

TOLERANCE CHARTING TECHNIQUE: Operation sequence for typical shaft type of components, preparation of process drawings
for different operations, tolerance worksheets and centrality analysis, examples. (5+5)

Total = L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Spotts.M. F, "Dimensioning and Tolerance for Quantity Production", Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1983.
2. ASME Y 14.5M-2009, ―Dimensioning and Tolerancing-Engineering Drawing and Related Documentation Practices‖, ASME,
New York, 2009

REFERENCES:
1. Harry Peck, "Designing for Manufacture", Pitman Publications, London, 1983.
2. Oliver R Wade, "Tolerance Control in Design and Manufacturing", Industrial Press Inc., New York, 2008.
3. James G Bralla, "Hand Book of Product Design for Manufacturing", McGraw Hill Publications, 1986.
4. Creveling .C. M, "Tolerance Design - A Hand Book for Developing Optimal Specifications", Addison Wesley Longman
Inc.,USA, 1997.

15M604 OPERATIONS RESEARCH

2203

INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH: Operations research and decision-making, types of mathematical models and
constructing the model. Role of computers in operations research (2+2)
LINEAR PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES: Formulation of linear programming problem, applications and limitations, graphical
method, simplex method, The Big –M method, the two–phase method, dual problems. (6+6)
TRANSPORTATION PROBLEMS: Least cost method, North West corner rule, Vogel‘s approximation method, modified distribution
method, optimization models, degeneracy in transportation model, unbalanced and maximization models. (4+4)
ASSIGNMENT MODELS AND SCHEDULING: Difference between transportation problem and assignment problem, Hungarian
algorithm, unbalanced assignment problems maximization case in assignment problems, traveling salesman problem (3+3)

INVENTORY CONTROL: Variables in inventory problems, inventory models with penalty, shortage and quantity discount, safety
stock, inventory models with probability, lead time, demand, multi item deterministic model. (4+4)

48
QUEUING MODELS: Queues – Notation of queues, performance measures, The M/M/1 queue, The M/M/m queue, batch arrival
queuing system , queues with breakdowns. (3+3)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT BY PERT AND CPM: Basic terminologies, constructing a project network , network computations in
CPM and PERT , cost crashing, resource levelling. (4+4)

GAME THEORY: Theory of games, competitive games, rules for game theory, mixed strategies, two person zero sum game ,n
person zero sum game, graphical method, and linear programming in game theory. (2+2)
REPLACEMENT MODELS: Replacement of Items due to deterioration with and without time value of Money, Group replacement
policy, Staff replacement (2+2)
Total = L: 30 + T:30= 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Frederick S. Hillier and Gerald J. Lieberman,‖ Introduction to Operations Research‖, McGraw-Hill, 2012
2. G Srinivasan Operations Research principles and application 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Harvey M Wagner Principles of operations research with applications to managerial decisions ,Phi learning 2010.
2. Dharani Venkatakrishnan.S, ―Operations Research‖, Keerthi Publication House, Coimbatore, 1991
3. Prem kumar Gupta and Hira.D.S, ―Operation Research‖, S Chand and Company Limited, New Delhi,2010.
4. Kanti Swarup, Gupta P K and Manmohan, ―Operations Research‖, Sultan Chand and Sons New Delhi, 2004.

15M610 METROLOGY AND DYNAMICS LABORATORY

0042
METROLOGY LABORATORY
1. Gear roll testing (i) tooth to tooth composite error (ii) Tooth thickness measurement using gear tooth Vernier Caliper
2. (i) Surface Roughness measurement of machined components (ii)Calibration of plug gauge using laser micrometer
3. (i) Auto collimator for form measurement (ii) Measurement of internal taper
4. Measurement of thread terminology using optical profile projector
5. Angular measurement using sine bar
6. Tool nomenclature assessment using tool makers microscope
7. Measurement of effective diameter of external parallel screw threads using floating carriage micrometer
8. (i) Measurement using height gauge (ii) Measurement using height Master

DYNAMICS LABORATORY

9. Static and dynamic balancing using dynamic balancing machine.

10. Preparation of cam displacement curve and determination of jump speed of a cam.
11. Determination of natural frequencies of transverse and torsional vibrations.
12. Study of undamped free vibration of equivalent spring mass system
13. Determination of pressure distribution in journal bearing.
14. Determination of critical speed of shafts.
15. Determination of mass moment of inertia of connecting rod and validation using software.
16. Measurement of radius of gyration of compound pendulum and validation using software.
17. Wear measurement using Pin-On-Disc method.

Total : P: 60

REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.

15M611 HEAT TRANSFER LABORATORY

0042
1. Determination of thermal conductivity in guarded hot plate apparatus.
2. Study of unsteady state heat conduction
3. Determination of thermal conductivity of insulating powder.
4. Experiment on Pin Fin apparatus
5. Experiment on natural convective heat transfer from vertical cylinder
6. Experiment on forced heat transfer inside tube
7. Determination of Stefan-Boltzmann constant
8. Determination of emissivity of grey surface
9. Effectiveness of parallel /counter flow heat exchanger
10. Experiment on boiling and condensation apparatus
Total : P: 60

49
REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.
2. Yunus A Cengel ―Heat Transfer; A practical Approach‖,Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi 2005

15M612 INNOVATION PRACTICES

0042

The aim of this course is to inculcate fundamental skills in product development through out-of-the-box and creative thinking to
come up with innovative products and solutions.

 Study of Innovation Types, innovation tools and strategies

 Problem definition and Idea generation using brain storming and mind map
 Concept generation using 6-3-5 Brainwriting technique and Concept finalization
 Perform requirement engineering, PESTEL and SWOT analysis
 Establish product function, identify sub-systems and develop Function Analysis System Technique (FAST) diagram
 Generate embodiment design, product specification and Bill-of-Materials (BOM)
 Create product mock-up and proof-of-concept and prepare Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) report
 Define the product life cycle by applying the principles of obsolescence management, sustenance engineering and End-of-Life
(EoL)
 Prepare the Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) documents
 Product Documentation and presentation
Total P: 60

REFERENCES:
1. Moore, Geoffrey A, ―Dealing with Darwin: How Great Companies Innovate at Every Phase of Their Evolution‖, Portfolio Trade,
New York, 2008
2. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, ―Product Design‖, Pearson, 2001.
3. Karl T Ulrich and Steven D Eppinger, ―Product Design and Development‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

SEMESTER VII
15M701 COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL AND ROBOTICS
3204
INTRODUCTION: Constructional features, objectives and applications of Numerical Control(NC), Computer Numerical
Control(CNC) and Direct Numerical Control(DNC), and Adaptive Control(AC) machine tools .Components of CNC Machine tools:
AC & DC, Stepper & Servo motors, Selection criteria, Speed & Feed control units, Control of translational movements (Slideways
and guideways), Control of rotational movements, Tool holders, Tool changing arrangements, work holders, Linking structures.
Output Transducers: Transducers, Positional transducers, Encoders. (7+5)

NUMERICAL CONTROL OPERATION: Designation of axes on NC machine tools, linear and rotary motions, Positioning control,
linear and contour control. Principles of operation of NC machine tools: Basic principles, closed loop systems, open loop, input
signals, methods of input. Calculations of pulse frequency as input to drives, Basic Length Unit (BLU), system resolution &
accuracy, (7+5)

CNC PROGRAMMING: Design of CNC control panel, Word address programming, Part programming, datum, G-codes, Parts of
CNC program, incremental and absolute programming, Linear and circular interpolation , Tool length and diameter offset, work
holding and tooling for machining centers, , machine zero, tool change position, part origin, offsets, , program editing, diagnostics.
(6+3)

PROGRAMMING CNC TURNING MACHINES & MILLING MACHINES: Planning the program, work holding, tooling
considerations, process plan, tool offset, , programming examples., Cutter diameter & length compensation. (6+3)

ADVANCED CNC FEATURES: Do loops and subprograms , Macros, Canned cycles, Mirror imaging, Polar rotation (4+3)

ROBOTICS: Introduction to Robotics. Classification, components of robots, robotic applications.Functions of a robot, specifications
of a robot system. Coordinate frames, Tool Center Point (TCP), Degrees-of-freedom (DOF), Links and types of joints. Kinematic
diagrams (7+5)

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SENSORS AND MODELING: Manipulator, end effectors, electric actuators, Internal & External State
Sensors. Forward Position Control, Denavit–Hartenberg (DH) parameters and DH matrix, Image Processing. (8+6)

Total = L: 45 + T: 30 = 75

50
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thyer.G.E, ―Computer Numerical Control of Machine Tools‖, Industrial Press, 1988
2. Mikell P Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel, Nicholas G Odrey, ―Industrial Robotics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Yoram Koren, ―Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1983
2. Radhakrishnan.P, ―Computer Numerical Control‖, New Central Book Agency, 1992
3. S.K Saha, ―Introduction to Robotics‖ , Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
4. Stenerson.J, K Curran, ―Computer Numerical Control-Operation and programming‖, PHI, 2009

15M702 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

3003
TYPES OF POWER PLANTS: Thermal power plant, Diesel power plant, gas turbine power plant, Nuclear power plant, hydroelectric
power plant. (3)

STEAM CYCLES: Rankine cycle-superheat, reheat and regeneration, super critical cycles, combined cycles - binary cycles,
cogeneration. (5)
COMBUSTION EQUIPMENTS: Types of combustion, stokers, fuel and ash handling equipments. Selection of fans. Emission
control, flue gas cleaning, particulate and gaseous emission control methods. (5)

THERMAL POWER PLANT: Steam generators-types, forced circulation, high-pressure boilers and super critical boilers, fluidized
bed boiler, boiler accessories and mountings, Draft- forced, induced and balanced drafts, Heat recovery equipments-economisers,
air preheaters and reheaters, different types of superheaters and de-superheaters, Boiler testing , development of a process
flow diagram, heat and mass balance of the components of a process flow diagram. (6)

CONDENSERS AND COOLING TOWERS: Different types, design factors, air removal, performance calculation. Cooling towers-
natural and mechanical draft types. (5)

HYDROELECTRIC POWER PLANT: Runoff river plants, pumped storage plants, underground stations, hydel plant axillaries and
plant operation. (5)

NUCLEAR POWER PLANT: General nuclear fuels used in reactors, elements of nuclear reactor, moderator, control rods, coolants,
description of different types of reactors. Radiation hazards, radioactive waste disposal. (4)

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES: concentrating collectors, photovoltaic cell. Horizontal and vertical types of wind turbines.
Other plants: Geothermal plants, tidal power plant, biomass and biogas plants, OTEC plants. (6)

POWER PLANT ECONOMICS: Plant load factor and utilization factor, cost economics – tariff rates, demand changes, load
distributions. Energy conversion and audit. (6)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nag P K, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Wakil M M El, ―Power Plant Technology‖, McGraw Hill Book Company Inc., New Delhi, 1985.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajput R K, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications (p) Ltd, 2006.
2. Rudramoorthy R, ―Thermal Engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. Arora S C and Domkundwar S, ―Power Plant Engineering‖, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2001.
4. Ashok V Desai, ―Non Conventional Energy‖, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi, 1990.

15M703 TOOL DESIGN

2203
CUTTING TOOLS: Materials-properties, classification, selection, insert and coated tools, tool wear, tool life. Recent developments
in cutting tool technology. (4+4)

SINGLE POINT TOOLS: Nomenclature, types and styles, design and manufacture of HSS and carbide insert type tools for turning,
boring, shaping, planning and slotting operations. Design of form tools.Tools and holders for CNC applications. (4+4)

MULTIPOINT CUTTERS: Nomenclature, classification and selection, construction methods, cutter setting, design and manufacture
of drills, reamers, milling cutters, broaches, hobs and gear shaper cutters. Grinding-wheel specification and selection. (5+5)

JIGS: Degrees of freedom, principles of location and clamping, principles of jig design, fool proofing, elements of jigs, classification
of jigs, design of jigs for drilling and reaming. (4+4)

51
FIXTURES: Principles of fixture design, locators and different types of clamps, elements of fixtures, provision for cutter setting,
design of fixtures for milling, turning, boring and grinding operations. Fixtures for turning centers and machining centers.Modular
fixturing-concepts and applications. (4+4)

PRESS TOOLS: Design of sheet metal parts, Design and manufacture of die sets for sheet metal components-simple, compound
and progressive dies for punching and blanking operations. Dies for drawing and bending operations.Selection of press tools. (4+4)

DESIGN OF INJECTION MOULDING AND DIE CASTING DIES: Product and mould, thermal considerations, design of two plate
mould, runner and gate design, mould cooling and ejection. Overview of shrinkage and warpage analysis. (4+4)

LIMIT GAUGES: Design of plug, ring and snap gauges. (1+1)

Total = L: 30+ T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Arshinov.V and Alekseev.G, "Metal cutting Theory and Cutting Tool Design", MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1976.
2. Donaldson.C and LeCain.C.H, "Tool Design", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. ASTME, ―Fundamentals of Tool Design‖, Prentice Hall, INC, New Delhi, 1962.
2. Kempster, "Introduction to Jig and Tool Design", VIVA Books, New Delhi, 1998.
3. Cracknell.P.C and Dyson.R.W, ―Handbook of Thermoplastics Injection Mould Design‖, Chapman and Hall, 1993.
4. Paquin.J.R and Crowley, ―Die Design Fundamentals‖, Industrial Press, NY, 2006.

15M710 COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING LABORATORY

0042
1. Static structural analysis using 1D (spar & beam) elements.
2. Static structural analysis using 2D elements.
3. Static structural analysis using 3D elements.
4. Modal and Harmonic analysis of mechanical parts like turbine blade, aircraft wing, etc.
5. Steady state thermal analysis of IC engine components, boiler, etc.
6. Transient thermal analysis of components and processes like engine cylinder block, casting solidification, etc.
7. Coupled field thermal-structural analysis.
8. Fluid flow analysis of pipes, nozzle, diffuser, etc.
9. Kinematic and dynamic analysis of mechanism using mechanism analysis software.
10. Case study involving structural/thermal analysis of typical parts.
Total P: 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lab manual prepared by department of mechanical engineering.
2. Shigley J E and Uicker J J, ―Theory of Machines and Mechanisms‖, Oxford University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Chandrupatla T R and Belegundu A D, ―Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering‖, Prentice Hall India, 2009.
2. Logan D L, ―A First Course in the Finite Element Method‖, CL Engineering, 2011.
3. Hibbeler R C, ―Mechanics of Materials‖, Pearson Education, 2007.
4. Srinivas et al., ―Finite Element Analysis Using ANSYS‖, Prentice Hall India, 2010.

15M711 PNEUMATIC AUTOMATION AND SENSORICS LABORATORY

0042

1. Co-ordinated motion of multiple pneumatic actuators in a desired sequence using Cascade method
2. Integration of fringe condition modules in multiple actuator pneumatic systems
3. Co-ordinated motion of multiple actuator, electro – pneumatic systems in a desired sequence using hard – wire programmed
control systems
4. Co-ordinated motion of multiple actuator, electro – pneumatic systems in a desired sequence using PLC.
5. Interfacing of thermocouple to monitor temperature in a thermal chamber and controlling a fan and heating source to maintain
the temperature of the chamber within a specified tolerance limits.
6. Interfacing of LVDT with a PC for monitoring the displacement of machine slide and raising an alarm if the displacement
exceeds specified limit.
7. Interfacing of hot wire anemometer with data acquisition system to measure the air flow rate and calibration of the same
8. Measurement of damping ratio of a machine tool base from free vibration studies using an impact hammer and an
accelerometer pick up with data acquisition system.
9. Inspection using Machine vision System
10. Development of strain gauge set up to measure strains in a statically loaded cantilever beam and calibration of the same.
11. Control of speed, direction and number of revolutions of a stepper motor using PC

52
12. Development of an obstacle avoidance robot using servo motors, ultrasonic and touch sensors.
Total P: 60

REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.

15M720 PROJECT WORK I 0042

 Identification of a real life problem in thrust areas

 Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem
 Finalisation of system requirements and specification
 Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey
 Future trends in providing alternate solutions
 Consolidated report preparation of the above
Total : P: 60

SEMESTER VIII

15M820 PROJECT WORK II 0 0 16 8

 The project work involves the following:

 Preparing a project - brief proposal including

 Problem Identification
 A statement of system / process specifications proposed to be developed (Block Diagram / Concept tree)
 List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints
 Cost benefit analysis
 Time Line of activities

 A report highlighting the design finalization [based on functional requirements & standards (if any) ]

 A presentation including the following:

 Implementation Phase (Hardware / Software / both)

 Testing & Validation of the developed system
 Learning in the Project

 Consolidated report preparation

Total = P: 180 = 225

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

15M080 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS

3003
COMMUNICATION CONCEPTS:Process of Communication -Inter and Intrapersonal Communication -Essentials for Effectiveness. (4)

FOCUS ON SOFT SKILLS: Etiquette: Work Place Etiquette -Telephone Etiquette.Body Language -Persuasive Communication-
Public Speaking -Critical Reasoning and Conflict Management Based on Case Studies -Group Communication- Meetings-Interview
Techniques. (14)

TECHNICAL WRITING:Technical Writing Principles - Style and Mechanics -Genres of Technical Writing -Technical Definitions -
Physical -Functional and Process Descriptions -Technical Report Writing -Preparing Instructions and Manuals - Interpretation of
Technical Data. (10)

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE: Writing Emails -Preparing Resumes -Memos - Technical and BusinessProposals. (7)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION:Seminars -Process Description and Group Discussions -Use of Visual Aids. (10)

Total L: 45

TEXTBOOK:
1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

53
 REFERENCES:
1. Jeff Butterfield, ―Soft Skills for Everyone‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Jean Naterop B and Rod Revell, ―Telephoning in English‖, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011.
3. David A Mc Murrey and Joanne Buckley, ―Handbook for Technical Writing‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
4. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012

15M081 BASIC GERMAN

3003
INTRODUCTION: German Culture -Tradition -Universities and Companies -Alphabets -Greetings -Countries -Nationalities and
Languages. (3)

VOCABULARY: ContextRelated to School -University -Professions -Family -Supermarket -Food and Beverages -Entertainment -
Celebrations - Weather. (4)

GRAMMAR: Noun Forms: Singular -Plural -Gender Introduction -Articles -Personal Pronouns and Possessive Pronouns in
Nominative -Accusative and DativeCases,Usage of Adjectives. Time Related Forms - Formal and Informal Expressions -Usage of
Adverbs - Daily Routines - Related Verbs and Question Words -Related Vocabulary and Grammar -Simple Dialogues and Exercises
–Verbs:Verb Conjugation -Helping Verbs - Subject - Verb Agreement - Regular and Irregular Verbs -Modal Verbs and their Related
Grammatical Structure. (16)

GENERAL USAGE: Number System -Question Words -Statements and Questions -Negation: Nicht/Kein. Imperatives - Simple
Dialogues -Exercises. (5)

SYNTAX:Word Order and Sentence Formation -Practice with Mini-Dialogues. (4)

COMMUNICATION SKILLS:Conversing in Formal and Informal Situations -Dialogue Writing -Letter Writing -Email Writing -
Invitations and Telephone Conversations. (7)

PRACTICALS: Listening -Speaking -Reading and Writing. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Rosa-Maria Dallapiazza,Eduard Von Jan and Til Schönherr, ― Tangram Aktuell 1 (Deutsch als Fremdsprache)―, Max
HueberVerlag, 2004.
2. Roland Schäpers, Renate Luscher and Manfred Glück,, ―Grundkurs Deutsch―, 1980.
3. Wolfgang Hieber, ―Lernziel Deutsch―, Max Hueber Verlag, 1983.
4. Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn and Silke Demme, ―Studio d A1―, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd, 2009.

15M082 BASIC FRENCH

3003
INTRODUCTION (2)

UNITÉ-1: Faire connaissance - inviter et répondre à une invitation - décrire les personnes- articles définis et indéfinis - genre
etnombre des noms et des adjectives - interrogation et négation - conjugaison du present - Paris monuments et lieux publics - la vie
de quatre parisiens de professions différentes. (T-R1) (10)

UNITÉ-2: Exprimer l‘ ordre et l‘obligation demander et commander - evaluer et apprécier- féliciter et remercier - articles partitifs -
adjectifs démonstratifs et possessifs prépositions et adverbes de quantité et de l‘imperatif verbes pronominaux - une région
deFrance la Bourgogne - vie quotidienne à la compagne. (T-R1) (11)

UNITÉ-3: Raconter et rapporter - donner son avis - se plaindre et réprimander - expliquer et justifier - pronoms compléments - futur
proche - passé composé et imparfait - Plusieurs régions de France - différents univers sociaux.(T-R2) (11)

UNITÉ-4: Demander l‘autorisation - interdire - formuler des projects - discuter et débattre. Pronoms < en >et< y >- pronoms relatifs
et superlatifs - conjugaison du futur - présent continu et passé recent - La vie administrative et régionale - problems economiques et
écologiques - traditions et modernité. (T-R2) (11)

TotalL :45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Christine Andant et.al,‖A propos (livre de l eleve)‖, LANGERS, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Mathurin Dondo,―Modern French Course‖, Oxford India, 1997.

54
2. Margaret Lang and Isabelle Perez, ―Modern French Grammar - A Practical Guide‖, Second Edition, 2004.

15M083 BASIC JAPANESE

3003
ORIENTATION SESSION:Geographic and Socio - Economic Perspective to Japan - Japanese People - Culture - Basic Greetings
and Responses. (3)

BASIC SCRIPT: Method of Writing Hiragana and Katakana - Combination Sounds and Simple Words. (3)

TOPIC MARKER:―Wa‖ - Desu / Dewa Arimasen Cupolas - Interrogative Particle ―Ka‖ - Grammar Particles ―Mo‖ - ―No‖ - ‗‘
Introducing Someone: ―Kochira Wa ~―. Self Introductions: Hajimemashite‖. (3)

DEMONSTRATIVES:―Kore‖ - ―Sore‖ - ―Are‖-Demonstrative: ―Kono‖ - ―Sono‖ - ―Ano‖. Possessive Noun Particle ―No‖ - Japanese
Apartments: Greeting Your Neighbour. (2)

PLACE MARKERS: ―Koko‖ - ―Soko‖ - ―Asoko‖ -Direction Markers: ―Kochira‖ - ―Sochira‖ - ―Achira‖.Japanese Department Stores:
Asking for and Buying Something. (2)

ASKING FOR AND TELLING THE TIME:Particle ―Ni (At)‖ for Time - Kara (from) ~ Made (until) - Particle ―To (and)‖ -Time Periods:
Days of the Week - Months - Time of Day - Verbs (Present / Future And Past Tense).Telephone Enquiry: Asking for a
Phone Number and Business Hours. (2)

DESTINATION PARTICLE: ―E‖ - Particles ―De (Mode Of Transportation)‖ - To (With) - Japanese Train Station: Asking for Fare
and Track Number / Types of Trains. (2)

DIRECT OBJECT PARTICLE: ―O‖ - Particle ―De (Place Of Action)‖ - Verbs (―~Masen Ka‖ - ―~Mashou‖) and ―Ohanami‖ Cherry
Blossom Viewing. (2)

PARTICLES:Particle ―De (By Means Of)‖ - Particle ―Ni (To)‖ - Aaemasu (Give) - Moraimasu (Receive) - Visiting a Japanese House.(2)

ADJECTIVES: ―I‖ and ―Na‖ Type) - Positive and Negative Usage-Particle ―Ga (However - But) - ―Dore Which?)‖ - Leaving a Room -
Thanking Someone for Hospitality. (2)

LIKES AND DISLIKES: Potential Verbs (Wakarimasu and Dekimasu) -―Kara (~ Because)‖ -Adverbs - Asking Someone out over the
Phone. (2)

VERBS DENOTING PRESENCE: ―Imasu‖ - ―Arimasu‖ -Particle ―Ni (In)‖ - ―Dare (Who?)‖ - Adverbs (―Chikaku Ni ~―) - Particle ―Dare
Mo (Negative ~ No One)‖ - Dare Ka (Anyone) - Dare Ga (Who) - Nani Ka (Anything) -Nani Ga (What) - ~Ya(And) ~ Nado (Etc.) -
Asking for Directions. (2)

COUNTERS AND COUNTING SUFFIXES (2)

INTRODUCTION TO ADJECTIVES:Na and Ii Type - Different Usages of Adjectives - Comparison - Likes and Dislikes - Going to a
Trip. (2)

NEED AND DESIRE:(Ga Hoshii) - Wanting to - (Tabeti Desu) - Going for a Certain Purpose (Mi –Ni Ikimasu) - Choosing from a
Menu. (2)

VERB GROUPS: I - Ii and Iii - Exercises to Group Verbs. (2)

PLEASE DO:(Te Kudasai)- Present Continuous Tenses (Te Imasu) - Shall I? ( ~ Mashou Ka) - Describing a Natural Phenomenon
(It Is Raining). (2)

PERMISSION: To Grant Permission (~Te Mo Ii Desu) - Asking for Permission (~ Te Mo Ii Desu Ka) - Should Not Do (~ Te Wa
Ikemasen). (2)

STATE AND ACTION:Describing a Continuing State - Describing a Habitual Action. (2)

ROLEPLAYS IN JAPANESE (2)

A DEMONSTRATION ON USAGE OF CHOPSTICKS AND JAPANESE TEA PARTY (2)

TotalL : 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Minna no nohongo, ―Romaji ban‖ (first 10 lessons of this book).

55
REFERENCE:
1. Minna no Nihongo, ―Honsatsu Roma-ji ban‖ (Main Textbook Romanized Version), International publisher,3A Corporation,
Tokyo, Indian distributor - Goyal Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi.

OPEN ELECTIVES

MATHEMATICS

15OH01 ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA

3003
VECTOR SPACES: General vector spaces, real vector spaces, Euclidean n-space, subspaces, linear independence, basis and
dimension, row space, column space and null space. (8)

INNER PRODUCT SPACES: Inner products, length and angle in inner product spaces, orthonormal bases, Gram- Schmidt
process, orthogonal matrices, QR decomposition, best approximation- least square. (12)

LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS: General linear transformation - kernel and range, matrices of linear transformations, change of
basis, rank and nullity. (12)

EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS: Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization, orthogonal diagonalization, quadratic
forms, application of conic sections, quadratic surfaces - discrete dynamical systems. (13)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, Elementary Linear Algebra John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2011.
2. David C Lay , Linear Algebra and its Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Gareth Williams, Linear Algebra with Applications, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Cengage, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH02 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES

3 003
GROUPS: Groups, subgroups, permutation groups, cosets and Lagranges‘s theorem, normal subgroups and quotient groups,
homomorphisms, isomorphisms, Cayley‘s theorem. (15)

CODING THEORY: Group codes, the communication model and basic notions of error correction, generation of codes by using
parity checks - error recovery in group codes. (5)

RINGS: Rings, sub-rings, properties of rings, integral domain, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. (12)

FIELDS: Fields, roots of polynomials, construction of straightedge and compass. (13)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Kenneth H Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Michael Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract algebra, Cengage learning pvt ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Bernard Kolman, Robert C Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross, Discrete Mathematical Structures, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006.

15OH03 CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS AND TENSOR ANALYSIS

3003
CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Basic concepts, method of variations in problems with fixed boundaries - variation and its
properties, Euler equation. (12)

FUNCTIONALS: Functional involving first and higher order derivatives, functionals dependent on the functions of several
independent variables, variational problems in parametric form – applications: vibrating string and membrane. (12)

56
VECTOR ANALYSIS : Basic concepts – gradient, directional derivative, divergence, curl, potential vector field, solenoidal vector
field, Laplacian vector field. Green‘s theorem, Stoke‘s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (statement and concepts only) ( 7)

TENSOR ANALYSIS: Concepts of a tensor field – Ostrogradski‘s theorem, field of tensor of rank 2 - flux, divergence and derivative
in a direction of tensor field. Integral theorems - theorems related to Ostrogradski‘s theorem – applications: equation of motion of a
liquid, Archimedes‘ law. (14)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elsgolts .L, Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations, University Press of the Pacific, 2003.
2. Borisenko .A.I, Tarapov.I.E, Vector analysis and Tensor Calculus, Dover Publications, New York, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Krasnov.M.L, Makarenko.G.I, Kiselev. A.I, Problems and exercises in the calculus of variations, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1984.
2. Pars.L. A., An introduction to the calculus of variations, Dover Publications, New York, 2009.
3. Robert Weinstock, Calculus of variations - with applications to Physics and Engineering, Dover Publisher, New York, 2012.

15OH04 GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS

3003
GRAPHS AND DIGRAPHS: Common families of graphs, degree sequence, handshaking lemma, Havel-Hakimi theorem (statement
and concepts). Walk, trail and path, connected graph, distance, radius and diameter. Graph isomorphism. Representations of
graphs – adjacency and incidence lists – adjacency and incidence matrices. (10)

SPANNING TREES: Cayley‘s formula: Prufer encoding-decoding algorithm. Matrix tree theorem (statement and problems only).
Depth-first and breadth-first search algorithms, minimum spanning tree – Prim‘s and Kruskal‘s algorithms, shortest-path problem –
Dijkstra‘s algorithm. (9)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian graphs – Konigsberg bridge problem; Eulerian tour algorithm, characterization
of Eulerian graph, optimal postman tour. Hamiltonian graphs - non Hamiltonian graphs, sufficient conditions for Hamiltonian graphs
(only statements and concepts).Travelling salesman problem - nearest neighbour algorithm. (10)

VERTEX-COLORING: Vertex-coloring - chromatic number of a graph, vertex coloring algorithms – sequential vertex coloring,
largest degree first algorithm, applications - scheduling problem, assignment of radio frequencies, fast register allocation for
computer programming. (8)

NETWORK FLOWS AND APPLICATIONS: Flows and cuts in networks, solving the maximum - flow problem – characterization of
maximum flow (Max-flow Min-cut Theorem), algorithms – outline for maximum flow, finding an augmenting path, FFEK – maximum
flow and examples. (8)
Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Jonathan L. Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, New York, 2006.
2. Douglas B West, Graph Theory, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009.
REFERENCES:
1. Bondy J.A. and Murty U.S.R., Graph Theory, Springer, London, 2008.
2. Narsingh Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering And Computer Science, Prentice Hall , New Delhi 2010.
3. Vago I, Graph Theory Application to the Calculation of Electrical Networks, Elsevier Science, New York 1985.

15OH05 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE

3003
FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS: Basic terminology, assumptions, derivative securities. (6)

FORWARD AND FUTURES CONTRACTS: Forward contract, forward price formula, value of a forward contract, futures contract,
futures pricing. (12)

OPTION PRICING: Definition and preliminaries, behavior of option prices with respect to variables, pay-off curves, single period and
multi period binomial lattice models for option pricing, pricing American options: a binomial lattice model, Black-Scholes formula.
(12)
RISK FREE ASSETS: Time value of money, Simple interest, periodic compounding, streams of payments, continuous
compounding. Money market: zero coupon bonds, coupon bonds, money market account. (9)

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Risk and return, expected return standard deviation as risk measure, two securities, risk and
expected return on a portfolio. (6)

Total L: 45

57
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chandra S, Dharmaraja S, Aparna Mehra and Khemchandani R, Financial Mathematics – An Introduction, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Marek Capinski and Tomasz Zastawniak, Mathematics for Finance – An Introduction to Financial Engineering, Springer, United
Kingdom, 2011

REFERENCES:
1. John C Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2009.
2. Alhabeeb M J, Mathematical Finance, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Sheldon M Ross, An elementary introduction to Mathematical Finance, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2011.

15OH06 MATHEMATICAL MODELING AND SIMULATION

3003
SYSTEM MODELS AND STUDIES: System- continuous and discrete system, system modeling, types of models - static physical,
dynamic physical, static mathematical, dynamic mathematical models, principles in modeling, corporate model, environment,
production, management segment, system analysis – corporate model, system design – message processing in a computer, system
postulation – function of liver in the human body. (10)

SYSTEM SIMULATION: Technique of simulation, Monte Carlo Method – area under a curve, estimate of , comparison of
simulation and analytical methods, distributed lag models – national economy, cobweb Models – supply and demand, exponential
growth and decay models, logistic curves, simple system dynamics diagrams – population, multi-segment models – product sales,
representation of time delays, feedback in socio-economic systems, host and parasite fluctuation. (12)

STATIC SIMULATION: Basics and components of the simulation study, simulation as an analysis tool, static simulations - model
for profit on a sale promotion, a financial model for an office building. Random number generation - linear congruential generator,
Blum-Blum generator, random variates generation - Bernoulli, uniform, triangular, normal, exponential random variates, a model for
loss ratio for an insurance agency. (15)

DYNAMIC SYSTEMS SIMULATION: Financial models and @risk - a model for the price of a stock, dynamic financial models of
stock prices, correlated asset values, fitting a distribution to date. (8)

Total L:45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998.
2. Andrew F.Seila, Vlatko Ceric, Pandu Tadikamalla, Applied simulation modelling, Thomson learning, New York 2003.

REFERENCES:
1. Brian Albright, Mathematical Modeling with Excel, JonesBartlett publishers, Singapore 2010
2. Douglas D. Mooney and Randall J. Swift, A course in Mathematical modeling, The Mathematical association of America, USA,
1999.
3. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London,2010.

15OH07 NUMBER THEORY FOR COMPUTING

3003
DIVISIBILITY AND DIOPHANTINE EQUATIONS: Theory of divisibility - Basic concepts and properties of divisibility, fundamental
theorem of arithmetic, Euclid‘s algorithm, continued fractions. Diophantine equations - Linear Diophanitine equations (8)

ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PRIME NUMBERS: Multiplicative functions – functions ( ) ( ) and s(n)
- functions (n), and (n). Prime distribution function  (x), prime number theorem, the nth prime. (10)

THEORY OF CONGRUENCES: Basic concepts and properties of congruences -– linear congruences – Fermat‘s Little theorem,
Euler‘s theorem, Chinese remainder theorem, Legendre and Jacobi symbols, primitive roots. (7)

COMPUTATIONAL NUMBER THEORY: Primality testing: Fermat‘s pseudoprimality test, strong pseudoprimality test, integer
factorization : trial division and Fermat method, quadratic and number field sieves. (10)

APPLICATIONS TO CRYPTOGRAPHY: Random number generation - linear congruential generator, basics of cryptography, public
key cryptography: discrete logarithm based cryptosystems - RSA public-key cryptosystem. (10)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Song Y Yan, Number Theory for Computing, Springer Verlag, New York 2010.
2. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Tom M Apostol, Introduction to Analytic Number theory, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi 1998.

58
2. Ivan Niven, Herbert S Zuckerman, Hugh L Montgomery, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, Wiley- India,New Delhi
2008.
3. Thomas Koshy, Elementary Number theory and Applications, Academic Press, New York, 2005.

15OH09 RELIABILITY AND QUALITY CONTROL

3003
STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL: Chance and assignable causes of quality variation, statistical basis of the control charts -
basic principles, choice of control limits, analysis of patterns on control charts. (7)

CONTROL CHARTS FOR VARIABLES AND ATTRIBUTES: ̅ chart, R chart, chart, p chart, np chart, c chart, and u chart .
(10)

ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING: Types of sampling plans, lot formation, single sampling plans for attributes, double, multiple and
sequential sampling plans, acceptance sampling by variables, chain sampling, continuous sampling, skip lot sampling plans. (10)

BASIC RELIABILITY MODELS: The failure distribution, the reliability function, mean time to failure, Hazard rate function, bathtub
curve, conditional reliability. Constant failure rate model: Exponential reliability function. Time - dependent Weibull failure model,
Time - dependent normal failure model. (10)

RELIABILITY OF SYSTEMS: Serial configuration, parallel configuration, combined series, parallel systems - k out of n: system -
system structure function, minimal cuts, minimal paths, common mode failures, three state devices. (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Douglas C Montgomery , Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Charles E. Ebeling, Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering,Tata Mc –Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Eugene L Grant, Richard S Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control, Tata Mc- Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Dale H Besterfield, Quality Control, Pearson Education , New Delhi, 2008.
3. Hoang Pham, Hand book of Reliability Engineering, Springer- Verlag, New York, 2006.

15OH10 SOFT COMPUTING

3003
FUZZY SETS: Basic concepts, membership functions, basic operations on fuzzy sets, properties of fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations.
Propositional logic and predicate logic, fuzzy If-then rules, fuzzy mapping rules and fuzzy implication functions. (15)

NEURAL NETWORKS: Basic concepts, neural network architectures - single layer, multilayer, recurrent networks, learning
methods, back propagation network. (15)

GENETIC ALGORITHMS: Basic concepts, encoding, fitness function, reproduction, inheritance operators, cross over, inversion and
deletion, mutation operator, bit-wise operators, generational cycle. (10)

HYBRID SYSTEMS: Genetic algorithm based backpropagation networks, fuzzy backpropagation networks. (5)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jang J.S.R, Sun C.T, Mizutani. E, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI New Delhi, 2012
2. Rajasekaran.S, Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, Neural networks, Fuzzy logic, and Genetic algorithms synthesis and applications, PHI
New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Timothy J Ross, Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications - ED3, Wiley, India, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Laurence Fausett, Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architecture Algorithms and Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2004.

15OH11 STOCHASTIC MODELS

3003
STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Definition, Markov chains: Classifications of states, absorbtion probability, period, Chapman-
Kolmogorov equations, steady state probabilities. (12)

59
CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Definition, Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, Kolmogorov forward and backward
equations, steady-state probabilities, birth - death processes. (9)

BROWNIAN MOTION: First passage time distribution, maximum of a Brownian motion, zeros of Brownian motion, Brownian motion
with drift, Geometric Brownian motion, applications to finance. (10)

QUEUEING MODELS: Basic definitions, steady-state solution: M/M/1, M/M/1/K, M/M/c, M/M/c/c, M/M/c/k Models, queues with
unlimited service. (14)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Saeed Ghahramani, Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2014.
2. Kishor S. Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with reliability, queueing and computer science applications,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Sheldon M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Medhi J, Stochastic Processes, New Age International Publishers ,New Delhi, 2014.
3. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2014.
4. William J. Stewart, Probability, Markov chains, Queues, and Simulation – The Mathematical basis of performance modeling,
Princeton University press, New Jersy, 2009.

PHYSICS

15OH20 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION

3003

X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS: Crystal systems- Symmetry elements in crystals- combination of symmetry elements- Rotation-
inversion axis- translation symmetry elements- space groups- Stereographic projection - Wulff net- Measurement of angle between
poles - determination of Miller indices of an unknown pole. X -ray diffraction analysis (9)

ELECTRON AND ION SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES: Mass spectroscopy and X-ray emission spectroscopy (Principle and
limitations) - Quadrapole mass spectrometer. Special surface techniques: X ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS or ESCA)-
photoelectron process of spectrum- elemental analysis-Instrumentation and applications, Auger electron spectroscopy (AES)-Basic
principles-Information in Auger spectra-methods for surface and thin film characterization, Secondary ion mass spectrometry(SIMS)
– Dynamic and static SIMS-common modes of analysis, Rutherford Backscattering Spectrometry (RBS), Field Ion Microscopy
(FIM). (10)

SURFACE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS: The need for surface study. Surface chemical composition: The extension of bulk techniques
to surface studies - Unit meshes of five types of surface nets - diffraction from diperiodic structures. Surface methods using electron,
low energy electron diffraction (LEED), reflection high energy electron diffraction (RHEED), (9)

IMAGING TECHNIQUES: Scanning electron microscope(SEM) – physical basis of operation – sample requirements –applications,
Transmission electron Microscopy (TEM) – resolution – sensitivity- TEM operation- diffraction mode – specimen preparation,
Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy (STEM). – imaging – common analysis modes – sample requiremnets (9)

SANNING PROBE MICROSCOPY : Instrumentation, Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy,Tunneling current, probe tips and working
environments, operational modes, typical applications, atomic force microscopy, near field forces, force sensors, operational modes,
applications, image artifacts (8)
Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Richard Brundle C, Charles A. Evans Jr, Shaun Wilson, ―Encyclopedia of Materials Characterization‖ Manning Publications Co,
1992.
2. Yang leng ‖Materials Caracterization- Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods‖ John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Prutton M, "Surface Physics", Clarenden Press Oxford, 1975.
2. Cullity B D, "Elements of X-ray Diffraction", Addison Wesley Publishing Co., 1967.
3. Rodriquez F, "Principles of Polymer Systems", Tata McGraw Hill Co., 1974.

60
 15OH21 LASER TECHNOLOGY
3003
LASER CHARACTERISTICS: Einstein coefficients - negative absorption, shape and width of spectral lines, spontaneous and
stimulated emission. Laser resonators, types of resonators, stability diagram. Spatial and temporal coherence. (9)

GAS AND SOLID STATE LASERS: Gas lasers - He-Ne laser - Ar+, He-Cd+ lasers - N2 and CO2 lasers - Fabrication and
excitation mechanisms. Solid state lasers - Ruby, Nd:YAG, glass - semiconductor diode lasers, Excimer Laser , Erbium doped
laser. (9)

DYE LASERS: Liquid lasers, dye lasers, fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Concept of Q-switching and mode-locking, second
harmonic generation, theory and experiment, materials for optical SHG. (9)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Laser cutting, drilling & Piercing. Laser welding, operating characteristics and applications. medical.
Spectroscopic (qualitative), laser Raman effect, stimulated Raman effect - Brillouin scattering. (9)

LASER SURFACE TREATMENT: Laser heat treatment, laser surface melting, laser surface alloying, laser cladding. Laser ablative
processes. Macro and micromachining. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Wlliam T. Silfast, ― Laser Fundamentals‖ Cambridge University Press, 2012
2. S.Nagabhushana, N.Sathyanarayana, ― Lasers and Optical Instrumentation,I.K.International Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. William M.Steen and Jyotirmoy Mazumder, ― Laser Material Processing‖ Springer, 2010.
2. Bloom A L, "Gas Lasers", John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1968.

15OH22 MICRO ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS

3003
MEMS AND MICROINTEGRATEDSYSTEMS: Introduction, history of MEMS development, intrinsic characteristics of MEMS.
Devices: Sensors and Actuators. Overview of microfabrication, microelectronics fabrication process, silicon based MEMS
processes, new materials and fabrication processes. Points of consideration for processing. (9)

SCALING LAWS AND MINIATURIZATION: Introduction. Scaling in geometry. Scaling in rigid body dynamics. The trimmer force
scaling vector – scaling in electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, scaling in electricity and fluid dynamics, scaling in heat
conducting and heatconvection. (9)

MEMS PROCESSING: Photolithography. Photoresist and applications. Light sources. X-ray and electron beam lithography. Ion
implantation. Diffusion process. Oxidation, thermal oxidation. Silicon di oxide. Thermal oxidation rates. Oxide thickness by colour
(9)

MICROMACHINING METHODS Bulk micromachining. Isotropic and anisotropic etching. Wet etchants, etch stops, dry etching
comparison of wet and dry etching. Dry etching – physical etching – reactive ion etching, comparison of wet and dry etching.
Surface micromachining – process in general, problems in surface micromachining. The LIGA process – description, materials for
substrates and photoresists, electroplating, the SLIGA process. (9)

MICROSYSTEM PACKAGING:The three levels of microsystem packaging – die level, device level and system level. Essential
packaging technologies – die preparation – surface bonding, wire bonding and sealing. Three dimensional packaging. Assembly of
Microsystems – selection of packaging materials (9)

Total L :45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Tai-Ran Hsu, ―MEMS and Microsystems Design and Manufacture‖, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition, 2006.

REFERENCE:
1. Mark Madou, Fundamentals of microfabrication, CRC Press, New York, 1997.

15OH23 NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS

3003
INTRODUCTION AND CLASSIFICATION: Atoms, Clusters and Nanomaterials-Classification of nanostructures, nanoscale
architecture – Effects of the nanometre length scale – Changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures,

61
vacancies in nanocrystals, dislocations in nanocrystals – Effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties – Structural, thermal,
chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties. (11)

NANOMATERIALS SYNTHESIS AND PROCESSING: Top-down processes: Ball Milling, lithography, machining process; Bottom-
up processes: i) Wet chemical synthesis of nanomaterials- sol-gel, liquid solid reactions; ii) Gas phase synthesis of nanomaterials-
Furnace, Flame assisted ultrasonic spray pyrolysis; iii) Gas condensation processing; iv) Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)-
plasma-assisted deposition process, MBE and MOVPE-Preparation, safety and storage issues -STM and AFM Techniques. (11)

SEMICONDUCTOR NANOSTRUCTURES: Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - Quantum wells, quantum

wires, quantum dots, superlattices, band offsets and electronic density of states – Fabrication techniques – Requirements, epitaxial
growth, cleared edge overgrowth – Growth on vicinal substrates, strain-induced dots and wires, electrostatically induced dots and
wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly techniques. (11)

GROWTH AND PROPERTIES OF INORGANIC NANOMATERIALS: Introduction and classification-Thermodynamics and kinetics
of phase transformation: Thermodynamics, homogenous nucleation, heterogeneous nucleation, Growth–Microstructure: grain and
matrix strain, particle size measurement, grain boundary structure-Microstructural stability: grain growth, zener pinning, solute drag
– Power consolidation: compaction of nanopowders, sintering, role of impurities, porosity. (12)

Total L : 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Kelsall Robert W, Ian Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, ―Nanoscale Science and Technology‖, Wiley Eastern, 2004.
2. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang and Fritzsche, ―Nanotechnology: Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques‖, Wiley –VcH, 2004

REFERENCES:
1. Bharat Bhushan, ―Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology‖, 2004.
2. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, ―Introduction to Nanotechnology‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
3. Dutta J. & Hofmann H., ―Nanomaterials‖, 2003.

15OH24 PHYSICS FOR SOLAR PV SYSTEMS AND SOLID-STATE LIGHTING SYSTEMS

3003
SOLAR RADIATION: Photometry- photometric units and quantities. Cosine law. Black body radiation spectrum. Wien's
displacement law. Solar spectrum. Solar motion - celestial sphere, astronomical co-ordinates. Need for solar tracking. Atmospheric
absorption. Air mass. Diurnal and seasonal variations in solar radiation. Climatic and geographic factors. Terrestrial solar
illumination (9)

TYPES OF SOLAR ENERGY CONVERTORS: Thermal and PV systems. Advantages of PV systems. Semiconductor PV systems.
IV characteristics. Other electrical parameters. Conditions for maximum power transfer. Conversion efficiency. (8)

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR JUNCTIONS: Elemental and compound semiconductors. Band structure of silicon p-n junctions
and III-V compound semiconductor junctions. light emission and absorbtion. Creation and recombination of electron hole pairs.
Lattice mediated recombination conservation of momentum. Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Structure of Solar PV
devices and solid state lighting devices- LEDS. Factors limiting efficiency of conversion of light energy to electrical energy (PV) and
vice versa (Lighting) High power LEDS (10)

SOLID STATE LIGHT SOURCES: IV characteristics of LEDS. Manufacturing spread in Cut-in voltage. Combination of LED units
for higher power-special considerations. Series parallel combinations. Minimising thermal losses. Reflector surfaces for multiple
sources. Uniformity of illumination. (9)

CHARACTERITICS OF LIGHT SOURCES: Absorbtion and emission spectra. Transmission and absorption characteristics of
housings for electro-optical devices. Flourescence. Modification of spectra of LED sources. Flourescent materials for solid state
lighting- White-light sources and near-white light sources. Degradation and life. (9)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. JaspritSingh ,‖Electronic and Optoelectronic Properties of Semiconductor Structures‖, Cambridge University Press, 2003.
2. Arturas Zukauskas, Michael S. Shur, Remis Gaska,‖ Introduction to Solid-State Lighting‖, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Arthur Beiser ― Concepts of modern Physics‖ Tata Mcgraw Hill , 2002.
2. Rong-Jun Xie, Yuan Qiang Li, Naoto Hirosaki, Japan; Hajime Yamamoto,‖ Nitride Phosphors and Solid-State Lighting‖, CRC
Press,2011.
3. S.M.Sze,‖ Physics of semiconductor devices‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.

62
 15OH25 SENSORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS
3003
STRAIN AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENT: Resistance strain guage, piezoelectric pressure gauge, characteristics. Electronic
circuits for strain gauge, load cells. Interferometer, Fibre-optic methods. Pressure gauges Aneroid capacitance pressure gauge,
ionization gauge, Using the transducers for applications (9)

MOTION SENSORS: Capacitor plate sensor, Inductive sensors, LVDT Accelerometer systems, rotation sensors drag cup devices,
piezoelectric devices. Rotary encoders. (9)

LIGHT RADIATION: Color temperature, light flux, photo sensors, photomultiplier, photo resistor and photoconductors, photodiodes,
phototransistors, photovoltaic devices, fiber-optic applications, light transducer, solid-state ,transducers liquid crystal devices.
(9)
HEAT AND TEMPERATURE: Bimetallic strip, Bourdon temperature gauge, thermocouples, Resistance thermometers, thermistors,
PTC thermistors, bolometer, Pyroelectric detector. (9)

ELECTRONIC SENSORS: Proximity detectors – Inductive and capacitive, ultrasonic, photo beam detectors Reed switch, magnet
and Hall-effect units, Doppler detectors, liquid level detectors, flow sensors, smoke sensors. (9)
Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Doebelin E O, ―Measurement Systems, Application and Design‖ , McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, 2004
2. Ian R Sinclair, ―Sensors and Transducers‖, Third Edition, Newnes publishers, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Jack P Holman, ―Experimental Methods for Engineers‖, Seventh Edition, McGraw Hill, USA, 2001.
2. Robert G Seippel, ―Transducers, Sensors and Detectors‖, Reston Publishing Company, USA, 1983.

15OH26 THIN FILM TECHNOLOGY

3003
PREPARATION OF THIN FILMS: Study of thin film vacuum coating unit - Construction and uses of vapour sources-wire,
sublimation, crucible and electron bombardment heated sources. Physical vapour deposition – Thermal evaporation – electron
beam evaporation – Sputtering - Study of glow Discharge - Physical nature of sputtering - Sputtering yield - Experimental set up for
DC and RF magnetron sputtering, Pulsed laser deposition and Ion beam assisted deposition. Chemical vapour deposition –
Thermodynamics of CVD - Atmospheric pressure CVD – MOCVD and PECVD processes. Chemical methods: Qualitative study of
preparation of thin films by Electroplating, vapour phase growth and anodization. (9)

NUCLEATION AND GROWTH: Nucleation and growth of thin films – four stages of film growth - Directionality of evaporation
molecules - Cosine law of emission. Emission from a point source. Mass of material condensing on the substrate. (6)

DEPOSITION MONITORING AND CONTROL: Microbalance, Crystal oscillator thickness monitor, optical monitor, Resistance
Monitor. Thickness measurement: Multiple Beam Interferometer, Fizeau (Tolansky) technique - Fringes of equal chromatic order
(FECO) method - Ellipsometry (qualitative only). (7)

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Sheet resistance - size effect - Electrical conduction in thin metallic films. Effect of ageing and
annealing - Oxidation - Agglomeration. (5)

DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES: DC conduction mechanism - Low field and high field conduction. Breakdown mechanism in dielectric
films - AC conduction mechanism. Temperature dependence of conductivity. (5)

STRUCTURE AND OPTICAL PROPERTIES: Study of structure of thin films using x-ray diffraction method, Optical constants of
thin films – spectrophotometer- Transmittance, absorption, determination of band gap (5)

APPLICATION OF THIN FILMS: Thin film resistors: Materials and Design of thin film resistors (Choice of resistor and shape and
area) - Trimming of thin film resistors - sheet resistance control - Individual resistor trimming. Thin film capacitors: Materials -
Capacitor structures - Capacitor yield and capacitor stability. Thin film field effect transistors: Fabrication and characteristics - Thin
film solar cells – antireflection coatings. (8)

Total L:45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Milton Ohring, ―Materials Science of Thin Films‖, Academic Press, 2002.
2. Goswami A, "Thin Film Fundamentals", New Age International (P) Ltd., 1996.

REFERENCES:
1. Donald Smith, ―Thin Film Deposition ‖, McGraw –Hill, 1995.
2. Maissel L I and Glang R, "Hand Book of Thin Film Technology", McGraw Hill, 1970.
3. Icha Elshabini-Riadaud Fred D. Barlow III "Thin Film Technology Hand book", Mc Graw Hill Company, 1997.

63
 15OH27 NONLINEAR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS
3003

INTRODUCTION: Dynamical systems: Linear and Nonlinear Forces, Mathematical Implications of Nonlinearity- Linear waves-
ordinary differential equations (ODEs)- Partial differential equations (PDEs)- Methods to solve ODEs and PDEs- Numerical methods
– Linear and Nonlinear oscillations- Nonlinear waves- Quantitative features (9)

COHERENT STRUCTURES (QUALITATIVE): Linear and Nonlinear dispersive waves – Notion of Integrability, Painleve analysis,
Soliton and its special collision properties – KdV equation – Basic theory of KdV equation – Ubiquitous soliton equations: magnetic
spin systems, Optical fibers, – AKNS Method, Backlund transformation, Hirota bilinearization method, - Perturbation methods. (9)

BIFURCATIONS AND ONSET OF CHAOS: One dimensional flows – Two dimensional flows – Phase plane – Limit cycles – Simple
bifurcations: Saddle –Node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – Discrete Dynamical system – The Logistic Map Strange attractors
Period doubling– Routes to chaos. (9)

CHAOS THEORY AND CHARACTERISTION: One dimensional maps – Duffing oscillators – Lorenz equations – BVP and DVP
oscillators – Pendulum – Chaos in nonlinear circuits – Chaos in conservative system – characterization of chaos: Lyapunov
Exponent, Poincare section –Fractals. (9)

APPLICATIONS: Soliton based communication systems – Solition based computation – Synchronization of chaos – Chaos based
communication – Cryptography – Image processing – Stochastic – Resonance – Chaos based computation – Time Series analysis.
Spin transfer torque, Spin valves, MRAM (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin 2003
2. Drazin G and Johnson R.S, ―Solitons: An Introduction‖, Cambridge University Press,1989.
3. Strogatz S, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Addison Wesley, 1995.

REFERENCES:
1. Hasegawa A and Kodama Y, ―Solitons in Optical Communications‖, Oxford Press, 1995.
2. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaos in Nonlinear Oscillators‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1989.
3. Thompson J M T and Stewart H B, ―Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Wiley 2002.

15OH28 NONLINEAR FIBER OPTICS

3003

FIBER NONLINEARITIES: Introduction - Nonlinear Refraction - Maxwell's Equations – in free space and different Medium. Fiber
Modes: single mode and multimode - Eigen value Equations Single Mode Condition - Nonlinear pulse Propagation - Higher Order
Nonlinear Effects. (9)

GROUP VELOCITY DISPERSION AND PHASE MODULATION: Gaussian Pulse - Chirped Gaussian Pulse - Higher Order
Dispersions - Changes in Pulse Shape – Self Phase Modulation (SPM) induced Spectral Broadening - Non-linear Phase Shift -
Effect of Group Velocity Dispersion - Self Steepening - Application of SPM- Cross Phase Modulation (XPM) - Coupling between
Waves of Different Frequencies - Non-linear Birefringence – Optical Kerr Effect - Pulse Shaping. (9)

OPTICAL SOLITONS AND DISPERSION MANAGEMENT: Soliton Characteristics - Soliton Stability - Bright and Dark Solitons –
Other kinds of Solitons - Effect of Birefringence in Solitons - Solitons based Fiber Optic Communication System (Qualitative
treatment) – Demerits - Dispersion Managed Solitons (DMS). (9)

SOLITON LASERS: Non-linear Fiber Loop Mirrors - Soliton Lasers - Fiber Raman Lasers – Mode locked Fiber Lasers, Fiber
Raman Amplifiers - Fiber Raman Solitons - Erbium doped fiber amplifiers. (9)

APPLICATIONS OF SOLITONS: DMS for single channel transmission – WDM transmission - Fiber Gratings- Fiber Couplers –
Fiber Interferometers – Pulse Compression – Soliton Switching – Soliton light wave systems. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Govind P. Agrawal ―Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖, Academic Press, New York, 1995.
2. Murti Y V G S and Vijayan C ―Essentials of Nonlinear Optics‖, Wiley, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Hasegawa A and Matsumoto M ―Optical Solitons in Fibers‖ Springer, Berlin, 2003.
2. Govind P. Agrawal, ―Applications of Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖. Academic Press, New York, 2001.
3. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin, 2003.

64
4. Kivshar Y S and Govind Agrawal, ―Optical Solitons : From Fibers to Photonic Crystals‖, Academic Press, New York, 2003.

15OH29 CHAOTRONICS

3003
LINEAR AND NONLINEAR CIRCUITS: Linear circuit elements – nonlinear circuit elements – switches, reactive nonlinear energy
storage devises-inductance and capacitance -circuits with linear elements – circuits with nonlinear elements – LC, RLC and forced
RLC circuits - importance of nonlinearity – low and higher order electronic circuits with nonlinearity – Op-amp: Mathematical
operations. (9)

BIFURCATION AND CHAOS: Introduction – periodic, quasi-periodic and chaotic behaviors – types of bifurcations: saddle node,
Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – routes to chaos– discrete and continuous dynamical systems – characterization of periodic and
chaotic motions- strange attractors. (9)

DISCRETE MAP BASED CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – logistic map dynamics and power electronics – Onset of chaos–
circuit realization of logistic map – cob-web diagrams – Poincare-map construction - bifurcation diagram circuits – Henon map circuit
– phase-portrait. (9)

CONTINUOUS TYPE CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – autonomous chaotic circuits: Chua‘s diode, Chua‘s circuit, Chua‘s
canonical circuit – Wien-bridge oscillator based chaotic circuit – Colpitts chaotic oscillator – negative resistance based chaotic
circuits – LC oscillator based chaotic circuits. Non-autonomous chaotic circuits: RL-diode circuit, driven Chua‘s circuit, MLC circuit-
stochastic resonance circuit. Analog simulation circuits: Duffing oscillator, van-der Pol oscillator – Lorenz system (9)

HIGHER-ORDER CHAOTIC CIRCUITS; Introduction – simple hyper-chaotic circuits with LCR elements – negative resistance
based hyper-chaotic circuits – delay-chaotic circuits: autonomous and non-autonomous versions. Power-electronic circuits – CNN
based chaotic circuits. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaotic oscillators: Controlling and synchronization‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1996.
2. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear dynamics: Integrability, chaos and patterns‖, Springer, Berlin, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Strogatz S H, ―Nonlinear dynamics and chaos‖, Addison-Wesley, Manchester, 1995.
2 Chua L O , Desoer C A and Kuh E S, ―Linear and nonlinear circuits‖. McGraw-Hill, Singapore 1987.
3 Chua L O, ―CNN: A paradigm for complexity‖. World Scientific, Singapore, 1998.
4. Van Wyk M A and Steeb W H, ―Chaos in electronics‖. Springer, Berlin, 1997.

CHEMISTRY

15OH36 CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

3003
THERMODYNAMICS OF CORROSION: Mechanism of electrochemical corrosion – galvanic and concentration cells. Free energy
criteria for corrosion reaction – thermodynamic Vs kinetic considerations- emf and galvanic series - Pourbaix diagram of Fe. (9)

KINETICS OF CORROSION: Faradays laws, corrosion rates expressions. Exchange current density–activation and concentration
polarization-Tafel equation, mixed potential theory, combined polarization. Passivity- potentiostatic polarization curves, passivating
materials. High temperature corrosion, Pilling - Bedworth ratio, protective and non protective oxides. (9)

FORMS OF CORROSION: Atmospheric corrosion, galvanic corrosion, crevice corrosion, pitting corrosion, inter granular corrosion.
Mechanically assisted corrosion-erosion corrosion, cavitation corrosion, fretting corrosion, corrosion fatigue, environmentally
induced cracking, stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen embitterment. (9)

CORROSION MONITORING AND TESTING: Classification, weight loss method, salt spray test. Electrochemical polarization
techniques, Tafel extrapolation, linear polarization, AC impedance methods. Application of - NDT techniques - outline of on stream
and off stream corrosion monitoring methods. (9)

PREVENTION OF CORROSION: Design, selection of materials, alloying – stainless steel and brass, oxidation resistant materials,
cathodic and anodic protection methods, corrosion inhibitors, vapour phase inhibitors, surface conversion processes. Metallic
coatings, ceramic coatings. Superhydrophobic and self healing coatings. (9)

Total L: 45

65
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chatterjee U. K., ―Environment degradation metals‖, Marcel Dekker Inc., 2001.
2. Zaki Ahmad and Digby Macdonald, ―Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Herbert H. Uhlig and Winston Revie , "Corrosion and Corrosion Control - An Introduction to Corrosion Science and Engineering",
John Wiley & Sons, 1985.
2. Kenneth R Trethewey and John Chamberlain, "Corrosion for Science and Engineering", Longman Inc., 1996.
3. Rajnarayan, "Metallic Corrosion and Prevention", Oxford Publications, 1988.
4. Mars G. Fontana, "Corrosion Engineering", McGraw Hill Inc., 1987.

15OH37 ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS

3003
BATTERIES: Types-battery characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life,
energy efficiency, shelf life. Primary cells: Fabrication, performance aspects, packing and rating of zinc-carbon, alkaline-
manganese, silver oxide cells. Lithium primary batteries. (9)

SECONDARY BATTERIES: Fabrication, performance aspects and rating of lead acid and sealed lead acid battery, nickel-cadmium,
Ni-metal-hydride lithium ion batteries, Rechargeable Zinc alkaline batteries and thermal batteries. (9)

ADVANCED BATTERIES: Metal / air, zinc-bromine, sodium-beta alumina and lithium / iron sulphide batteries. Photogalvanic cells.
Battery specifications for cars, heart pacemakers, torpedo batteries, satellite batteries. (9)

FUEL CELLS: Classification, working principle, components, applications and environmental aspects of alkaline, phosphoric acid,
solid oxide, molten carbonate, direct methanol and proton exchange membrane fuel cells. (9)

HYDROGEN AS FUEL: Sources of hydrogen - Hydrogen production – electrolysis, thermochemical methods, fossil fuel methods
and solar energy method– gas clean-up – various methods of hydrogen storage. Hydrogen as an engine fuel - features and
limitations. Ideal efficiency of a fuel cell. (9)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dell, Ronald M. Rand and David A. J., ―Understanding Batteries‖, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001.
2. Aulice Scibioh M. and Viswanathan B., ―Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications‖, University Press, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Lindon David, ―Handbook of Batteries‖, McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Kiehne H. A., ―Battery Technology Handbook‖, Expert Verlag, Renningen Malsheim, 2003.
3. Hoogers G. (Ed), ―Fuel Cell Handbook‖, CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003.
4. Palanna O.G., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

15OH41 POLYMER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

3003
INTRODUCTION TO POLYMERS: Classification, functionality of monomers, degree of polymerization, molecular weight of
polymers. - number average and weight average, molecular weight distribution. Polymerisation reactions – chain – free radical,
ionic, co-ordination polymerisations – condensation polymerisation, ring opening polymerisation. Polymerisation techniques -
Addition polymerisation - bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion techniques. Condensation polymerisation - melt, solution and
interfacial techniques. (9)

CHARACTERISATION OF POLYMER: Determination of molecular weight by gel permeation chromatography and viscometry.
Amorphous and crystalline states – degree of crystallinity – factors affecting crystallizability. Glass transition temperature –
determination by DSC and DTA and thermal stability by TGA, factors affecting Tg. Mechanical properties – Influence of structure.
Requisite for polymers to form fibres, elastomers and plastics. (9)

ADDITIVES AND PROCESSING: Degradation mechanisms – thermal, mechanical and photo degradations. Fillers, plasticizers, anti
aging additives, UV stabilizers, colouring agents, flame retardants, blowing agents, crosslinking agents and lubricants. Polymer
processing - compression, injection, extrusion & blow moulding, calendaring, film casting, foaming and thermoforming. (9)

POLYMERIC MATERIALS: Thermoplastics-cellulose derivatives, LDPE,HDPE, PMMA, PTFE, Pet, Nylons. Thermosetting –
phenolic resins, epoxy resins, silicones, polyurethanes, polysulphones, polyimides. Natural rubber-vulcanization-synthetic rubber-
SBR, butyl, neoprene, thiocol rubbers, thermoplastic elastomers. High performance polymers- polyethers, PEEK, polysulphones,

66
polyimides- preparation, properties and applications. (9)

POLYMER BLENDS AND COMPOSITES: Blends – toughened plastics and phase separated blends – interpenetrating network.
Composites –reinforcements-fibers- glass, carbon, boron, silicon carbide, aramid and polyolefin. Polymer matrix - thermo and
thermosetting plastics. Composite fabrication – hand-lay up, filament winding and pultrusion.
(9)

Total L:45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N. V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, ―Polymer Science‖, New Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi,
2011.
2. Barbara H. Stuart, ―Polymer Analysis‖, John Wiley & Sons, UK, 2002.
REFERENCES:
1. Joel R. Fried, ―Polymer Science and Technology‖, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., India, 2003.
2. Arora M. G., Singh M and Yadav M.S, ―Polymer Chemistry‖, Anmol Publications, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Bahadur P. and Sastry N.V., ―Principles of Polymer Science‖, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Gupta M. C. and Gupta A. P., ―Polymer Composite‖, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

15OH46 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND VIRTUAL REALITY

3003
BASICS OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS: Display Devices - Bitmap and Vector based graphics - Overview of Coordinate system -
Scan Conversion of: point - line using Digital differential analyzer & Bresenham‘ s algorithm - circle using midpoint approach ; Curve
Generation : Bezier and B-Spline curves. Introduction to fractals: generation procedure - classification dimension and Koch Curve.
(11)

AREA FILLING, TRANSFORMATIONS AND VIEWING: Area filling: Inside/outside Test - scan line polygon fill algorithm -
Boundary fill and flood fill algorithm. Basic geometrical 2D and 3D transformation. Viewing pipeline - view coordinate reference
frame - window to viewport transformation. (9)

BASICS OF ANIMATION: Key frame animation - sequence - motion control methods - morphing - warping. (8)

VIRTUAL REALITY: Components of VR system - types of VR - position trackers - navigation - gesture interface – displays - Open
GL rendering pipeline. (9)

VR PROGRAMMING: VRML, defining and using nodes and shapes - VRML browsers - Java 3D – visual object definition by shape
3D instances - ColorCube class - Geometric utility classes. (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, ―Computer Graphics‖, Pearson Education, 2011.
2. R. K Maurya, ―Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality Systems‖, Wiley India, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Grigore Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, ―Virtual Reality Technology‖, Wiley, 2003.
2. F.S. Hill , Stephen M. Kelley , ―Computer Graphics using Open GL‖ Prentice Hall, 2009.

15OH47 DATA AND FILE STRUCTURES

3003
INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract data Types - Primitive data structures - Algorithms: Structure, properties – analysis of
time complexities. . (4)

ARRAYS: Representation of linear and multi dimensional arrays – Operations - Applications. (5)

STACKS : Representation - Operations - implementation - Applications: Recursion handling; Evaluation of expressions. (5)

QUEUES: Representation - Operations - sequential implementation – Circular Queues-Priority Queues - Deque – Applications: Job
Scheduling systems. (7)

LISTS: Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular lists, Multiply linked lists – Operations - Linked stacks - Linked queues-
Applications: Addition of Polynomials; Sparse Matrix representation. (9)

67
FILES: File Types – Basic file operations – Heap Organization- Sequential file organization – Indexed Sequential File – Direct file
organization (8)

SORTING: Insertion Sort - Shell Sort - Bubble Sort - Quick Sort - Merge Sort – Algorithms - Analysis. (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2009
2. Mark Allen Weiss ,― Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++ ", PHI Learning, 2012.
2. Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, ―Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts Techniques and Applications‖, Mc Graw Hill, 2009.
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, ― Introduction to Algorithms ‖, The MIT Press,
2009.
4. A. Chitra. P.T. Rajan ―Data Structures," Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

15OH48 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3003
INTRODUCTION: Databases – Conventional file Processing – Data Modeling for a database – Three level architecture – Data
Independence – Components of a Database Management System – characteristics - Advantages and disadvantages of a DBMS -
Data base administrator-functions and responsibilities. (5)

DATAMODELING: Introduction to Hierarchical data model - Network data model- ER model: Entities, Attributes, relationships –
Weak and strong entity types – Design of Entity Relationship data models. (7)

RELATIONAL MODEL: Relational data model basics - properties of Relations- Domains and Key concept – Enforcing data integrity
constraints - Relational algebra operations. (8)

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANIPULATION: Introduction to Structured Query Language(SQL) – SQL commands for defining
database – Manipulations on database – Basic data retrieval operations - aggregate function- order by/group by clause- sub
queries-in-any-all-views in SQL. (13)

DATA BASE DESIGN THEORY: Functional dependencies - Normal forms – Normalization: 1NF to 5NF- Domain Key Normal Form
– losses join and dependency preserving decomposition. (7)
DATABASE TRANSACTION & SECURITY: - Transaction processing – properties - Concurrency control mechanism - security and
integrity threats - Defense Mechanism. (5)
Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri R and Navathe S B, ―Fundamentals of Database Systems‖, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Silberschatz A, Korth H and Sudarshan S, ―Database System Concepts‖, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, ―Database Management System‖, McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Thomas Condly, Carolyn Begg, ―Database System‖ Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Date C J, ―An Introduction to Database Systems‖, Pearson Education 2008.

15OH49 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING

3003
MODERN PROCESSORS: Stored-program computer architecture – General-purpose cache-based microprocessor architecture –
Memory hierarchies - Multicore processors - Multithread processors - Vector processors - Optimization techniques for serial code -
Common sense optimizations - Simple measures - large impact - Role of compilers. (7)

PARALLEL COMPUTERS: Parallel architectures -Trends in architectures, CMPs, GPUs, and Grids, Multiprocessors,
Multicomputers, Multithreading, Pipelining- Data access optimization - Balance analysis and lightspeed estimates - Storage order -
Taxonomy of parallel computing paradigms - Shared memory computers - Distributed memory computers - Hierarchical systems –
Networks - Basics of parallelization- Parallelism – Parallel scalability. (11)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING: Motivating parallelism - Scope of parallel computing - Parallel programming platforms: Implict
parallelism trends in microprocessor architectures -Low Level Approaches –Threads –Message passing–Issues in scalability and
portability –Transactional Memory -Parallel Programming: Higher Level Approaches –ZPL –Automatic Parallelization and HPF -
Limitations - Dichotomy - Physical organizations - Communication costs – Routing mechanisms for interconnected networks- Impact
of process. (11)

68
PRINCIPLES OF PARALLEL ALGORITHM DESIGN: Preliminaries - Decomposition techniques - Characteristics of tasks and
interactions - Mapping techniques for load balancing - Methods for containing interaction overheads - Parallel algorithm models –
Basic communication operations. (7)

SORTING AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Dense matrix Algorithm: Matrix-vector multiplication - Martix- matrix multiplication- Issues
in sorting on parallel computing - Sorting networks - Bubble sorts and its variants - Quick sort - Graph algorithms - Definition and
representation - Prims algorithm - Dijkstra's algorithm - All pairs shortest path - Transitive closure – Connected components. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Georg Hager and Gerhard Wellein, Introduction to High Performance Computing for Scientists and Engineers, Chapman & Hall,
2010.
2. John Levesque and Gene Wagenbreth, High Performance Computing: Programming and Applications, Chapman & Hall, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Ananth Grama and George Karypis, Introduction to parallel computing, Addison-Wesley 2009.
2. John L. Hennessy and David Patterson, Computer Architecture- A Quantitative Approach, Elsevier, 2012.

15OH50 MAINFRAME SYSTEMS

3003
EVOLUTION OF MAINFRAME: Ove rvie w of Com puter Architecture -Classification of Com puters -micro, mini,
mainframes and super computer - k e y f e a t u r e s – b e n e f i t s . (6)

MAINFRAME SYSTEM: Attributes of Mainframes - Reasons for opting Mainframes - Users of Mainframes - Difference between
Centralized and Distributed computing - Batch processing - Online/Interactive transactions. (9)

MAINFRAME WORKLOADS : Concept - strategy and benefits of the z/OS environment - Application enablement in z/OS -
Overview of e-business support in z/OS - Connectivity to the z/OS environment - Security support provided by z/OS
(9)
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT- Scalability – availability - backup and recovery features in z/OS - z/OS system services - zSeries
processor configurations. (6)

COBOL: Introduction to COBOL - Program Structure - Procedure Division - Table Handling - File Handling. (9)

CASE STUDY: z/VM – Linux – zVSE – zTPF. (6)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/OS Basics, IBM Red Book, 2011.
2. Roy M. K., Ghosh Dastidhar D., ―COBOL programming‖, Tata-McGraw Hill,1989.

REFERENCE:
1. IBM Redbook, ―COBOL - Language Reference‖, 5th ed., Ver 3, Release 2, 2003.

15OH51 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

3003
INTRODUCTION: Open Source Platform – Mobile Devices – Open Handset Alliance – Mobile Applications. (4)

ANDROID: Features of android – Development Framework – Android SDK – Native Libraries – Application framework – ADK –
Android and Java. (5)

BASIC WIDGETS: Android Components – Android activity life cycle – Layouts and controls – Event Handling – creating and starting
an activity - using controls. (6)

BUILDING USER INTERFACES: Fundamental Android UI design – Layouts – Fragments – Creating Views – List view – Grid View
control – View pager control. (6)

USING RESOURCES AND MEDIA: Resources Types – Creating Resources – Using Drawable resources – Playing Audio –
Playing Video – Displaying progress. (6)

BUILDING MENUS: Menus and types – Creating menus through XML – Creating menus through coding – Using the ActionBar –
Drop-down List ActionBar. (6)

69
DATABASES: Android databases – SQLite – introduction – creating, opening, querying the database – Extracting values from a
cursor - Creating content providers – Using Content providers. (6)

PUBLISHING ANDROID APPLICATIONS: Setting versioning information – Signing and publishing the applications – Distributing
applications - Monetizing the applications. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reto Meier and Wrox Wiley, ―Professional Android 4 Application Development‖, 2012.
2. Zigurad Mednieks, Larid Dornin,G.Blake Meike,Masumi Nakamura, ‖Programming Andriod‖, O‘Reilly,2013.

REFERENCE:
1. B.M Harwani , ―Android programming unleashed‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi,2013..

15OH52 MULTICORE PROGRAMMING

3003
BASICS OF MULTICORE : Definition - hybrid architectures - The software developer‘s viewpoint - single core - multicore – Types:
multicore designs. (7)
CHALLENGES : Sequential model – Concurrency – software development - Processor architecture - Operating systems role.(10)
MULTIPROCESSING : Process creation - Working with process environment variables - Killing a process - Process resources -
Synchronous and a asynchronous processes - Multithreading - Comparing threads to processes - Architecture - Creation and
management of threads. (10)

COMMUNICATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION: Thread strategy approaches - Decomposition and encapsulation of work -
Approaches to application design - PADL and PBS. (9)

UML : Modelling the structure of a system - UML and concurrent behavior - Basic testing types - Defect removal for parallel
programs - Standard software engineering tests. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. M. Herlihy and N. Shavit, ―The Art of Multiprocessor Programming‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. D. B. Kirk and W. W. Hwu, ―Programming Massively Parallel processors: A Hands-on approach‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
2 C. Huges and T. Huges ,‖Professional Multi-core programming: Design and Implementation for C++developers‖, Wrox, 2008.

15OH53 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

3003
PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Software crisis Software Evolution - Procedure Oriented Programming -
Object Oriented Programming Paradigm - Basic Concepts and Benefits of OOP - Object Oriented Programming Language -
Application of OOP - Structure of C++ - Types and Declarations - Pointers, Arrays, and Structures - Expressions and Statements -
Manipulators. (10)

FUNCTIONS IN C++: Function Prototyping - Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions – Default - Const Arguments
(6)
CLASSES AND OBJECTS: Data members - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions - Private member functions -
Memory allocation for Objects - Static data members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects - Objects as Function
Arguments - Friend Functions - Returning Objects. . (7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructors - Multiple Constructors in a Class - Constructors with Default Arguments –
Dynamic Initialization of Objects - Copy and Dynamic Constructors – Destructors. (6)

INHERITANCE: Defining Derived Classes - Single Inheritance - Making a Private Member Inheritable - Multiple Inheritance –
Hierarchical Inheritance - Hybrid Inheritance - Virtual Base Classes - Abstract Classes - Constructors in Derived Classes. (8)

POLYMORPHISM: Compile and Run Time Polymorphism – Operators Overloading - Unary and Binary Operators Overloading -
Function Overloading. (8)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, ―The C++ Programming Language‖, Pearson, 2013.

70
2. Stanley B Lippman, Josee Lajoie, Barbara E Moo ―C++ Primer‖, Pearson, 2012.

REFERENCE:
1. Harvey M Deitel and Paul J Deitel, ―C++ How to Program‖, Prentice Hall, 2011.

15OH54 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON

3003
BASICS : Python - Variables - Executing Python from the Command Line - Editing Python Files - Python Reserved Words -
Basic Syntax-Comments - Strings and Numeric Data Types - Simple Input and Output. (8)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: Control Flow and Syntax - Indenting - if Statement - Relational Operators - Logical Operators - Bit Wise
Operators - while Loop - break and continue - for Loop - Lists – Tuples - Sets - Dictionaries. (8)

FUNCTIONS: Definition - Passing parameters to a Function - Variable Number of Arguments - Scope - Passing Functions to a
Function - Mapping Functions in a Dictionary – Lambda - Modules - Standard Modules – sys – math – time - dir Function. (9)

ERROR HANDLING: Run Time Errors - Exception Model - Exception Hierarchy - Handling Multiple Exceptions - Data Streams -
Access Modes Writing - Data to a File Reading - Data From a File - Additional File Methods - Using Pipes as Data Streams -
Handling IO Exceptions - Working with Directories. (10)

OBJECT ORIENTED FEATURES: Classes Principles of Object Orientation - Creating Classes - Instance Methods - File
Organization - Special Methods - Class Variables – Inheritance – Polymorphism - Type Identification - Simple Character Matches -
Special Characters - Character Classes – Quantifiers - Dot Character - Greedy Matches – Grouping - Matching at Beginning or End
- Match Objects – Substituting - Splitting a String - Compiling Regular Expressions. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mark Summerfield. ―Programming in Python 3: A Complete introduction to the Python Language‖, Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2009.
2. Martin C. Brown, ―PYTHON: The Complete Reference‖, McGraw-Hill, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Wesley J Chun, ―Core Python Applications Programming‖, Prentice Hall, 2012.
2. Allen B Downey, ―Think Python‖, O‘Reilly, 2012.

15OH55 RESPONSIVE WEB DESIGN

3003
INTRODUCTION TO HTML AND XHTML: Origins and Evolution of HTML - Basic Syntax - Standard HTML Document Structure -
Basic Text Formatting - Images - Hypertext Links – Lists - Tables - Frames and Forms. (6)

CASCADING STYLE SHEETS: Introduction - Levels of Style Sheets - Style Specification Formats – Style Classes - Properties
and Property Values - Color - The span and div Tags. (7)

HTML5: Media Queries supporting different viewports – Syntax - Fluid Layouts- Fluid Images- Serving Different Images for different
screen sizes - HTML 5 for responsive designs - semantic elements in HTML5 – Embedding Media in HTML5. (10)

CSS3: Selectors - Typography and Color Modes – Aesthetics with CSS3 – Text shadows - Box shadows - Background Gradients –
patterns - Multiple Background images Transitions - Transformations and Animations Forms with HTML5 and CSS3. (12)

BASICS OF JAVASCRIPT: Object Orientation and JavaScript - General Syntactic Characteristics – Primitives - Operations and
Expressions - Screen Output - Control Statements - Object Creation and Modification - Arrays - Functions - Constructors -
Errors in Scripts. (10)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ben Frain, ―Responsive Web Design using HTML5 and CSS3‖, PACKT Publishing, 2012.
2. Thomas Powell and Fritz Schneider,‖Javascript 2.0 : The Complete reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill,2012.

REFERENCE:
1. Thomas Powell, ― HTML and CSS: The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

71
 15OH56 SOCIAL WEB MINING
3003
INTRODUCTION: Data mining and web mining – web community and social network analysis – Characteristics of web data – web
community – The evolution of social networks – basic concept in social networks . (9)

SOCIAL NETWORK DATA AND REPRESENTATION: Structural – composition-affiliation variables-modes-boundary specification

and sampling- type of networks- measurement and collection - Review of graph theory- Data set- Tools-Pajek, Netdraw, UCInet
(10)
STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF SOCIAL NETWORKS: Notions of centrality - cohesiveness of subgroups - roles and positions -
structural equivalence - equitable partitions. (12)

WEB CONTENT MINING: Boolean model - vector space model - web search – feature enrichment of short texts- - automatic topic
extraction from web document – opinion search and opinion spam. (5)

WEB LINKAGE MINING : Hyperlinks- co-citation and bibliographic coupling- page rank and HITS algorithm – web community
discovery – web graph measurement and modelling - using link information for webpage classification. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stanley Wasserman, Katherine Faust, ―Social network analysis: methods and applications‖, Cambridge University Press, 2009.
2. John Scott, ―Social Network Analysis: A Handbook‖, SAGE Publications, 2000.

REFERENCES:
1. Guandong xu, yanchun zhang , ―Web mining and social networking: techniques‖, Springer science and business media, 2011.
2. Charles Kadushin, ―Understanding Social Network: Theories, Concepts, and Findings‖, Oxford Press, 2011.

15OH57 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

3003
INTRODUCTION: Software Characteristics-Comparison with other Engineering disciplines-Software Crisis and Myths-Software life
cycle models-Selection of process models for projects- Agile methods- Software Engineering paradigms. (8)

REQUIREMENTS GATHERING: Requirements gathering tasks – Requirements Engineering Process - Qualities of good
requirements-Types of Requirements-Requirements elicitation- Requirements documentation- Analysis Documentation. (7)

DESIGN: Functional Decomposition-Context diagram-Data flow diagrams-Data Dictionary-Functional Independence-Modular

Design-Coupling-Cohesion- Design tools – Structured Chart, HIPO Diagram, Decision Tree, Decision Table, Pseudo code – User
Interface Design - Software Design Documentation. (12)

PROGRAMMING STANDARDS: Structured programming coding standards-Maintainability of code. (5)

SOFTWARE TESTING FUNDAMENTALS – Black-Box and White-Box testing – Basis Path testing – Requirements phase testing
- Design phase testing - Program phase testing - Desk debugging and program peer view test tools - Evaluating test results -
Installation phase testing - Acceptance testing – Testing GUI – Testing Web Applications (8)

DEBUGGING : The art of Debugging – Debugging Process – Debugging Strategies. (5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roger Pressman S, ―Software Engineering: A Practitioner‘s Approach‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Ian Sommerville, ―Software Engineering‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. James Peter and Pedrycz W, ―Software Engineering: An Engineering Approach‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
2. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch, ―The Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual‖, Pearson, India,
2009.
3. Glenford J Myers, Tom Badgelt, Todd M Thomas and Corey Sandler, ―The art of Software Testing‖, John Wiley, 2004.

15OH58 JAVA PROGRAMMING

2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Features of Java – Java Development Environment – Java Virtual Machine- byte codes in java - Naming
conventions and Data Types - Operators - Control Structures - Arrays and Strings. (3+3)

72
OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS: Classes and objects- creation- access specifiers- constructors – Methods - static- Inheritance -
Composition-polymorphism -nested classes–wrapper classes- Abstract classes. (5+6)

PACKAGES AND INTERFACES: - Packages - Access protection - Importing packages - Interface - Defining and Implementing
Interface. (3+3)

EXCEPTION HANDLING: Exception types - Uncaught Exception - Using Try and Catch - Multiple catch clauses - Nested try
statements - throw - throws - Java Built-in Exception - Creating user defined exceptions- Assertions. (4+4)

INPUT/OUTPUT: Files – Stream classes – Byte Streams – Character Streams – Serialization. (3+3)

MULTI THREADED PROGRAMMING: Java thread model - Priorities - Synchronization - Messaging - Thread class and runnable
Interface - Synchronization - Interthread Communication. (4+4)

GUI PROGRAMMING- AWT-Swing classes - Components - Labels, Buttons, Check Boxes, combo box- Controls Menus – Frames
Event delegation model –listener and listener methods –Event classes- Applets. (5+4)

DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: Architecture – connect RDBMS – Exploring java.sql package. (3+3)

Total L: 30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cay S Horstmann and Gary Cornell, ―Core Java Volume I & 2‖, Pearson Education, 2013.
2. Herbert Schildt, ―JAVA - The Complete Reference‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Deitel and Deitel, ―JAVA - How to Program‖, Prentice Hall International Inc., 2011.
2. Walter Slavic, ―Absolute Java‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH59 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM

2203
BASICS: GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems - GIS and Information Systems – Definitions – History - Components –
Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods – Proprietary and Open Source Software - Types of data – Types of attributes – scales/
levels of measurements. Database Structures – Relational, Object Oriented – Spatial data models – Raster Data Structures –
Raster Data – Vector Data Structures -Raster and Vector Models- TIN and GRID data models. (8+8)

DATA INPUT AND TOPOLOGY: Scanner - Raster Data Input – Raster Data File Formats – Geo referencing – Vector Data Input –
Digitizer – Datum Projection and reprojection -Coordinate Transformation – Topology - Adjacency, connectivity and containment –
Topological Consistency – Non topological file formats - Attribute Data linking – Linking External Databases – GPS Data Integration-
Geodatabases (8+8)

DATA QUALITY AND STANDARDS: Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, accuracy - positional,
temporal, thematic - Lineage – Metadata – GIS Standards – Interoperability – Open Geospatial Consortium - Spatial Data
Infrastructure – application in public information service. (5+4)

DATA MANAGEMENT AND OUTPUT: Import / Export – Data Management functions - Raster to Vector - Vector to Raster
Conversion - Data Output - Map Compilation – Chart/Graphs – Multimedia – Enterprise Vs Desktop GIS - Distributed GIS. (5+5)

GIS MODELLING AND APPLICATIONS: Spatial modelling – External, Conceptual, Logical, Internal –GIS Modeling with case
study-spatial data mining – Digital Elevation Model – applications:e-government : operation and decision support – e-business :
advertisement , customer service, business analysis and decision support and in e-health science. (4+5)
Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Paul A. Longley, Mike Goodchild, David J. Maguire, ―Geographic Information Systems and Science‖, John Wiley & Sons Inc,
2011.
2. Pinde Fu, Jiulin Sun, ―Web GIS: Principles and Applications‖, ESRI Press, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Kang-Tsung Chang, ―Introduction to Geographic Information Systems‖, McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.
2. Rene Rubalcava, ―ArcGIS web Development‖, Manning Publications , 2014.
3. Silas Tomas, ―ArcPy and ArcGIS – Geospatial Analysis with Python‖, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2015.

73
 15OH60 PROGRAMMING FOR ROBOTICS

2203
BASICS OF ROBOTICS: History – Definition – Components – Building a robot – The Robot drive mechanism. (3+2)

ROBOT SIMULATION: Mathematical modeling of the robot - Robot kinematics – Concepts of ROS and Gazebo. (4+4)

DESIGNING CHEFBOT HARDWARE: Specifications - Block diagram - Working with Robotic Actuators and Wheel Encoders -
Interfacing DC geared motor with Tiva C LaunchPad - Interfacing quadrature encoder with Tiva C Launchpad - Working with
Dynamixel actuators. (5+5)

WORKING WITH ROBOTIC SENSORS: Working with ultrasonic distance sensors - Working with the IR proximity sensor - Working
with Inertial Measurement Unit. (4+4)

PYTHON AND ROS: Introduction to OpenCV, OpenNI, and PCL - Programming Kinect with Python using ROS, OpenCV, and
OpenNI - Working with Point Clouds using Kinect, ROS, OpenNI, and PCL. (6+6)

INTERFACING IT INTO ROS, USING PYTHON: Building ChefBot hardware - Writing a ROS Python driver for ChefBot -
Understanding ChefBot ROS launch files - Working with ChefBot Python nodes and launch files - The Calibration and Testing of
ChefBot - The Calibration of Xbox Kinect using ROS - Wheel odometry calibration - Testing of the robot using GUI.
(8+9)
Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lentin Joseph, ―Learning Robotics using Python‖, PACKT Publishing, 2015.
2. Aaron Martinez and Enrique Fernandez, ―Learning ROS for Robotics Programming‖, PACKT Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Bill Smart, Brian Gerkey, Morgan Quigley, ―Programming Robots with ROS: A Practical Introduction to the Robot
Operating System‖, O‘Reilly Publishers, 2015.
2.

HUMANITIES

15OH61 AN INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN CONSTITUTION

3003
PREAMBLE AND ITS PHILOSOPHY: Introduction and Evolution of Indian Constitution preamble and its Philosophy. (4)

CENTRE-STATE RELATIONS: Directive Principles of State Policy, Fundamental Rights and Duties, Centre-State Relations. (6)

UNION GOVERNMENT: Powers, Functions and Position of President, Vice-President and Council of Ministers . (6)

COMPOSITION OF PARLIAMENT: Constitution Amendment Procedure, Financial Legislation in Parliament. Case Study. (5)

FEDERAL SYSTEM: Features of Federal System, Administrative Relationship between Union and States, Powers, Functions and
Position of Governors, Function of Chief Ministers, Council of Ministers. Composition and powers of the State Legislature. (8)

JUDICIARY: The Union Judiciary - Supreme Court and High Court. (6)

PUBLIC SERVICES: All India Services, Central Civil Services, State Services, Local Services and Training of Civil Services. (5)

INTERNATIONAL POLITICS: Foreign Policy of India, Foreign Policy of USA, International Institutions like UNO, WTO, SAARC and
Environmentalism. (5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basu D.D., ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
2. Briji Kishore Sharma, ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Pandey J. N., ―Constitutional Law of India‖, Central Law Agency, 1998.

74
2. Hoshiar Singh, ―Indian Administration‖ - Kitab Mahal, 2003.
3. Jain. M. C., ―The Constitution of India‖, Law House, New Delhi, 2001.
4. Shukla. V. N., ―Constitution of India‖, Eastern Book Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

15OH62 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
3003
INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition – Characteristics and Functions of an Entrepreneur – Common myths about
entrepreneurs – Importance or Entrepreneurship. Seminar in R5 & R6. (5)

CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION: The role of creativity – The innovation Process – Sources of New Ideas – Methods of Generating
Ideas – Creative Problem Solving – Entrepreneurial Process. (6)

DEVELOPING AN EFFECTIVE BUSINESS MODEL: The Importance of a Business Model – Starting a small scale industry -
Components of an Effective Business Model. (5)

APPRAISAL OF PROJECTS: Importance of Evaluating Various options and future investments- Entrepreneurship incentives and
subsidies – Appraisal Techniques. (8)

FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Sole Proprietorship – Partnership – Limited liability partnership - Joint Stock Companies and
Cooperatives. (4)

FINANCING THE NEW VENTURE: Determining Financial Needs – Sources of Financing – Equity and Debt Funding – Case studies in
Evaluating Financial Performance. (8)

THE MARKETING FUNCTION: Industry Analysis – Competitor Analysis – Marketing Research for the New Venture – Defining the
Purpose or Objectives – Gathering Data from Secondary Sources – Gathering Information from Primary Sources – Analyzing and
Interpreting the Results – The Marketing Process. (5)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION AND ETH ICS: Patents – Copyright - Trademark- Geographical indications – Ethical and
social responsibility and challenges. (4)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald F.Kuratko and Richard M. Hodgetts, ―Entrepreneurship‖, South-Western.
2. Vasant Desai, ―The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Gupta S.L., Arun Mittal, ―Entrepreneurship Development‖, International Book House, 2012.
2. Sudha G. S., ―Management and Entrepreneurship Development‖, Indus Valley Publication, 2009.
3. Badi V., Badi N. V., ―Business Ethics‖, R. Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd., 2012.
4. Prasanna Chandra, ―Projects- Planning, Analysis, Financing, Implementation and review‖, TATA McGraw Hill, 2012.

15OH63 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

3003
NATURE AND SCOPE OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Meaning and Definition of HRM, Objectives and Functions of HRM,
Models of HRM, HRM in a changing Environment, Human Resource Management in the wake of Globalization. (6)

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT: Principles of Learning, Objectives, Types and Training Methods, Management Development: Its
Meaning, Scope and Objectives. (6)

WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION: Principles and Techniques of Wage Fixation, Job Evaluation, Incentive Schemes. (5)

PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL: Process, Methods, Factors that distort appraisal, Case studies in Methods to Improve Performance,
Role of Performance in the Performance Management Process, Performance Appraisal Vs. Potential Appraisal. (6)

MORALE AND MOTIVATION OF EMPLOYEES: Morale-importance of Moral and Motivation Methods of Employees, Empowerment –
Factors Affecting Empowerment – Process – Benefits. (6)

WORK ENVIRONMENT AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT: Fatigue – Safety – Accident Prevention Accident
Records – Factories Act of 1948 and pollution legislations. (4)

INTERNATIONAL HRM: Model, Variables that outline difference between local and International HRM approaches to IHRM, Linking
HRM to International Expansion Strategies. (6)

75
TRENDS IN HR: HR Outsourcing – HRIS – Management of Turnover and retention – Workforce Rationalization – Managing Separation
and Rightsizing – Case studies in Trends in Employee Engagement and Retention. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey, ―Human Resource Management‖, Pearson Publications, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Rao VSP., ―Human Resources Management Text and Cases‖, Excel Books, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Aswathappa K, ―Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Bernardin H John., ―Human Resource Management – An experiential Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Cascio H, Wayne, ―Managing Human Resources – Productivity, Quality of Work Life and Profits‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
4. Dezenzo A David and Robbins P Robbins, ―Human Resource Management‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, MA., 2002.

15OH64 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

3003
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY: Introduction – Concept and Meaning – Characteristics and Scope. (3)

GROUP DYNAMICS: Individual behaviour – Group behavior – Features of Group – Formation and Development – Types of Groups –
Group Structure and Cohesiveness. (6)

PERCEPTION AND ATTITUDE: Importance of Perception – Need for Shaping Perception – Workplace Attitude. (3)

MOTIVATION AND LEADERSHIP: Meaning – Types - Motivation Theories - Implications of Motivational Theories in Workplace –
Ways for Improving Employee Motivation – Leadership Styles Theories – Ethical Leadership. (6)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP: Managing emotions – Emotional Intelligence – Building Interpersonal Relations– Managing the
Boss – Dealing with Subordinates. (6)

STRESS: Dynamics – Types – Signs – Causes – Workplace Stress and Coping Strategies. (4)

ORGANISATION CULTURE: Meaning – Types – Importance – Changing Organizational Culture and Matching People with
Organizational Culture – Working Environment. (5)

INDUSTRIAL FATIGUE BOREDOM: Types of Industrial Fatigue – Symptoms – Causes and Remedies of Industrial Fatigue Industrial
Boredom – Causes – Effective Ways to Reduce Boredom. (6)

JOB SATISFACTION: Job Satisfaction – Consequences – Tips for Reducing Job Dissatisfaction. (3)

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT: Concept – Objectives – Process – Methods of Performance Evaluation. (3)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Vikram Bisen & Priya, ―Industrial Psychology‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010.
2. Michael G Aamodt, ―Industrial / Organizational Psychology-An Applied Approach‖, Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Ronald Riggio, ―Introduction to Industrial and Organizational Psychology‖, Pearson Publication, 2012.

15OH65 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

3003
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Meaning, Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning,
Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. (5)

ENGINEERS AND ORGANIZATIONAL ENVIRONMENT: Social, Economic, Technological and Political. Social Responsibility of
Engineers. (3)

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS: MBO, Theory Z, Kaizen, Six Sigma, Quality Circles and TQM. (Case Study) (5)

BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING: Need for BPR, Various phases of BPR, Production and Productivity in six sigma and TQM –
Factors Influencing Productivity. (7)

ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, Role of Leadership, Personality and Motivation, Stress, Attitudes, Values and
Perceptions at work. (7)

76
INDUSTRIAL AND BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Growth of Industries (Small Scale, Medium Scale and Large Scale Industries). Forms
of Business Organizations. Resource Management – Internal and External Sources. (6)

MANAGING INFORMATION: Why Information Matters – Strategic Importance of Information – Cost of Useful Information – Getting and
Sharing Information. (6)

WELFARE IN INDUSTRY: Working condition, service facilities, legal legislation – Factories Act, 1948 and Workmen‘s Compensation
Act. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Chuck Williams & Manas Ranjan Tripathy, ―Principles of Management‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Gupta C.B., ―Management Theory and Practice‖, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Rao V.S.P., ―Management Text and Cases‖, Excel books, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Fred Luthans, ―Organisational Behaviour‖, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 2005.
4. Robert Kreitner, ―Management Theory and Application‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

15OH66 BUSINESS STATISTICS

3003
STATISTICS INTRODUCTION: Definition, Types of Statistics, Types of Variables, Descriptive Measures, Basic Definition and Rules
of Probability, Independence of Events. (9)

DESCRIPTIVES MEASURES: Measures of central tendency, dispersion, Probability Distributions. (6)

SAMPLING: Definition, Selection of Statistical tools, Sampling Methods, Sampling Frame determining the sample size. (6)

HYPOTHESIS TESTING: ANOVA- Independent sample t test, Paired t test. (4)

PARAMETRIC TEST: Concept, Chi square tests for Association and homogeneity, One sample t test. (4)

CORRELATION AND REGRESSION: Karl Pearson Correlation, Linear regression (Both manual and software applications),
Components, Trend-Method of least squares and moving averages, seasonal variation-Simple average method only. (10)

STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY: Uncertainty and risk and Decision tree analysis (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nandagopal, Arulrajan and Vivek., ―Research Methods‖, Excel Books, 2007.
2. Levin R.I. and Rubin D., ―Quantitative Approaches to Management‖, McGraw Hill, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Viswanathan P.K., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Anderson Sweeney Williams., ―Quantitative Methods for Business‖, Thomson South Western, 2011.
3. Naval Bajpai., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH67 DISASTER MANAGEMENT

3003
INTRODUCTION: Disaster – Definition, Factors and Significance, Difference between Hazard and Disaster, History of Disasters and
Types, Disaster Aids. (4)

NATURAL DISASTERS: Cyclones, Floods, Drought and Desertification - Earthquake, Tsunami, Landslides and Avalanche.
(5)
MAN MADE DISASTERS: Chemical industrial hazards, major power breakdowns, traffic accidents, Fire, War, Atom bombs,
Nuclear disaster.- Forest Fire-Oil fire –accident in Mines. (8)

GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY: Remote sensing, GIS and GPS applications in real time disaster monitoring, prevention and
rehabilitation- disaster mapping. (8)

RISK ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION: Hazards, Risks and Vulnerabilities. -Disasters in and India ,Assessment of Disaster
Vulnerability of a location and vulnerable groups- Preparedness and Mitigation measures for various Disasters- Mitigation through
capacity building -Preparation of Disaster Management Plans. (8)

77
DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Legislative responsibilities of disaster management- Disaster management act 2005- post disaster
recovery & rehabilitation, Relief & Logistics Management; disaster related infrastructure development- Post Disaster, Emergency
Support Functions and their coordination mechanism. (8)

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE: Study of Environmental Impacts Induced by Human Activity, Industrial Accidents, Outbreaks of Disease
and Epidemics, War and Conflicts. (4)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ramana Murthy., ―Disaster Management‖, Dominant, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Rajdeep Dasgupta., ―Disaster Management and Rehabilitation‖, Mittal Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. ―Disaster Management in India - A Status Report- Published by the National Disaster Management Institute‖, Ministry of Home
Affairs, Govt. of India, 2004.
2. Murthy D B N., ―Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies‖, Deep and Deep Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
3. Sundar I and Sezhiyan T., ―Disaster Management‖, Sarup and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.Khanna B K., ―All You Wanted To Know
About Disasters‖, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2005.

15OH68 FINANCIAL AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING

3003
INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING: Meaning, Definition and significance of Accounting, Accounting Principles, Concepts and
Conventions, Classifications of Accounts. (9)

BASIC ACCOUNTING: Journal Entry, Ledger, and Trial Balance Sheet, preparation of final accounts: Trading, Profit & Loss
Account, Balance sheet. (9)

BASIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Meaning – Types of Financial Analysis Income Statement, common analysis, trend analysis,
ratio analysis, corporate cash flow, DuPont Model. (9)

COST ACCOUNTING: Accounting for overheads, Cost sheet, Marginal and Absorption costing, Break even analysis, Effect on
profits, Activity Based Costing system. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKING: CVP Analysis -Relevant Costs and Revenue for Decision Making, Pricing Decisions,
Operational Decisions, Exploring New markets, Make or buy decisions. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR PLANNING AND CONTROLLING: Budgets, Budgetary Control -Variance Analysis - Cost and Financial
Variances. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ambrish Gupta., ―Financial Accounting for Management - An Analytical Perspective‖, Pearson, 2012.
2. Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, William O. Stratton, Dave Burgstahler and Jeff O. Schatzberg., ―Introduction to
Management Accounting‖, Global Edition, Pearson, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Colin Drury., ―Cost and Management Accounting - An Introduction‖, Cengage Learning EMEA, 2011.
2. Khan M.Y. and Jain P.K., ―Management Accounting‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.
3. Sanjay Dhamija., ―Financial Accounting for Managers‖, Pearson, 2012.

15OH69 MARKETING MANAGEMENT

3003
FUNDAMENTALS OF MARKETING: Meaning & Definition, The Perspectives on Marketing, Selling Vs Marketing, Marketing
Environment- Internal & External, prospects & Challenges of marketing in Global Environment. (9)

MARKETING STRATEGY: Formulating Marketing Strategy, Key Drivers of Marketing Strategy, Marketing Strategies- Marketing Mix
Components. (7)

COMPETITOR ANALYSIS: Analysis of Consumer & Industrial Markets, Building Competitive Advantage. (6)

MARKETING MIX DECISIONS: Product Planning &Development, Product Cycle, New Product Development, Market
Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning, Advertising & Sales Promotion, Pricing objectives, Pricing policies & Methods. (10)

BUYER BEHAVIOUR: Understanding Industrial and Individual Buyer Behavior, Influencing Factors, Online Buying Behavior,
Building Customer Satisfaction. (6)

78
MARKETING RESEARCH & TRENDS IN MARKETING: Marketing Information System, Marketing Research Process & Purpose,
Ethics in Marketing, Online Marketing Trends. (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Philip Kortler and Kevin Lane Keller., ―Marketing Management‖, PH, 2012.
2. Ramaswamy V S and Namakumari S., ―Marketing Management‖, Global Perspective Indian Context, Macmillian Publishers
India Ltd, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Baines et al., ―Marketing‖, Oxford, 2014.
2. Lamb and Hara., ―MKTG‖, Cengage Publications, 2013.
3. Chandrasekar K. S., ―Marketing Management Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill Vijaynicole, 2010.

15OH70 DEFENCE PRACTICES AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT

3003

HISTORY & ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS: NCC- Army, Navy, Air force; Aim and Motto; Ranks and Equivalent Ranks;
Honors and Awards; Organization; Training – Nation Building; Civil affairs; Social Service & Needs; Environment & Ecology;
Pollution; Rain Water Harvesting; Law and Order; Corruption. (7)

WEAPONS: Introduction; Types of Weapons; Armed Forces Fighting Arms; Service Corps; Section Formation & Types; Firing
Order; Judging Distance; Types of Land; Working Principle of Rifle, Tank, Missiles; Characteristics of supporting Rifle and its
ammunitions; Field Craft and Battle Craft; Fighting - Role of Fighting Arms and map reading. (7)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Definition; Types of Disaster; Elements of Disaster Management, Foundations of Disaster Studies-
Review of Concepts, Organizations – NDMA, NIDM, NDMRT, NEC, Disaster Mitigation, Disaster Preparedness, Disaster Relief,
Reconstruction Planning, Economic and Social Rehabilitation, Globalization and Disaster Studies, Social Science and Domains
Approach. (7)

LIFE SKILL MANAGEMENT: Introduction; Concept of Life Skills; Internalizing of Life Skills; Self awareness and Empathy; Knowing
Myself; Self care; Empathizing with others; Creative Thinking & Critical Thinking; Practicing Decision making & Problem Solving;
Effective Communication – Inter Personal Relationship; Coping with Emotions & Stress; Facilitation skills – Verbal & Non verbal;
Training Methodologies. (7)

HEALTH AND HYGIENE: Anatomy, Physiology, Microbiology – Personal and Mental Health ; Infectious and Contagious Diseases
& its prevention; First Aid in common Medical Emergencies; Basics of Home Nursing; Treatment and care of Wounds and Fractures.
(7)
FIELD TRAINING: Foot Drill; Handling & Inspection Training; Map Reading; Physical Proficiency Training; Introduction to Yoga.
(10)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. ―Cadets Hand Book for Senior Division‖, OTA, Kamptee.
2. Schneid, T. and Collins, L, ‖Disaster Management and Preparedness‖, Lewis Publishers, Washington, D.C,1998.

REFERENCES:
1. ―Facilitator's Manual on enhancing Life Skills‖ Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development, 2009
2. Manoj. J.S.,‖Health and Hygiene‖, Agra University Publication.
3. United States. War Dept. Military Intelligence Division ―Japanese infantry weapons‖ The Division, 1943.
4. http://nccindia.nic.in/

ENGLISH

15OH75 ENGLISH AND SOFT SKILLS FOR EMPLOYABILITY

3003
SELF MANAGEMENT AND ATTITUDES: Self Concept, Stress management, Positive attitude, Influential Skills, Initiative, Empathy,
Social Etiquette (5)

COMMUNICATION STYLES : Presentation Skills, Interpersonal Communication Skills, Interviewing Skills, Verbal and Nonverbal
(body language) skills, Active Listening, Professional Writing, Effective email writing (16)

TEAM WORK: Inter team cooperation, Intra team cooperation, Diversity, Productivity, Goal Setting and action (4)

79
LEADERSHIP SKILLS : Empowerment, Planning, Establishing Credibility, Vision & direction, Supervision, Mentoring, Decision-
making, Creativity, Flexibility, Team problem solving (5)

MANAGING TIME AND PRESSURES: Managing Change, Time management, Effective meetings (5)

EFFECTIVE AND EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE: Communication with the customer- telephonic and online services,
Managing conflicts or Challenging communication, Setting and resetting customer expectations, Building customer confidence,
Growing customer relationship, Opportunity management, Developing team approach to meet customer needs. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOK:
Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Charles J and Stewart William B Cash, ―Interviewing: Principles and Practices‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Rao M S, ―Soft Skills –Enhancing Employability- Connecting Campus with Corporate‖, IK International Publishing House, New
Delhi, 2010.
3. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH76 ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

3003
READING COMPREHENSION: Focus on different levels of Comprehension- Literal, Inferential, Analytical and Critical reasoning (7)
Identifying key words and signal words, decoding the building blocks of a passage, understanding jargons and double distractors (2)
LISTENING COMPREHENSION: Micro skills and Macro skills of Listening (4)
Identifying tone and purpose, eliminating distracters in objective type questions (2)
SPEAKING : Sub skills of speaking- Genre-specific oral communication (4)
VERBAL ABILITY: Word formation and expansion, Selecting and ordering words - Identifying and correlating synonyms
and antonyms - Collocations (5)
Sentence Completion (5)
Verbal analogies (3)
Spotting and correcting errors (4)
WRITING : Mapping ideas, developing points and employing Variety in sentence types (3)
Referencing, Ellipsis and substitution in writing – Skillful paragraphing (unity, coherence and cohesion) (3)
Register and Tone in Critical, Analytical writing -Useful Language for describing graphs -Expressing strong opinions (3)
Total L: 45
TEXTBOOK:
Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Kaplan, ―GRE Complete 2016: The Ultimate in Comprehensive Self-Study for GRE‖ Kaplan Publishing, 2015
2. Bruce Stirling, ―Speaking and Writing Strategies for the TOEFL IBT‖, Nova Press, 2009.
3. Lin Lougheed, ― Barron's IELTS: International English Language Testing System‖ , Barron's Educational Series, 2013
4. Sujit Kumar, ―Verbal Ability for the CAT‖ , Pearson Education India, South India, 2011.

15OH77 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.1

3003

GUTEN TAG! - LEARNING: To greet, learn numbers till 20, practice telephone numbers & e mail address, learn alphabet, speak
about countries & languages ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: W – Questions, Verbs & Personal nouns I. (7.5)

FREUNDE, KOLLEGEN UND ICH - LEARNING: To speak about hobbies, jobs, learn numbers from 20; Vocabulary: related to the
topic; Grammar: Articles, Verbs & Personal pronouns II, sein & haben verbs, ja/nein Frage, singular/plural. (7.5)

IN DER STADT – LEARNING: To know places, buildings, question, know transport systems, understand international words;
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Definite & indefinite articles, Negotiation, Imperative with Sie. (7.5)

80
GUTEN APPETIT! – LEARNING: To speak about food, shop, converse; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Sentence
position, Accusative, Accusative with verbs. (7.5)

TAG FΫR TAG – LEARNING: To learn time related expressions, speak about family, ask excuse, fix appointments on phone;
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Preposition – am, im, um, von…bis, Possessive articles, Modalverbs. (7.5)

ZEIT MIT FREUNDEN – LEARNING: To speak about birthdays, understand & write invitations, converse in the restaurant;
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Accusative personal pronouns and prepositions. (7.5)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Stefanie Dengler, ―Netzwerk A1.1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Johannes Gerbes, ―Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010.
2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012.
3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

15OH78 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.2

3003

KONTAKTE - LEARNING: To arrange appointments, understand and give instructions, understand and reply letters, find
information in the text, identify the situations and understand the conversation ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Dative
Preposition & Article , Accusative Possessive Article. (7.5)

MEINE WOHNUNG - LEARNING: To understand the advertisements related to flats/ho uses, describe a flat, write a text about a
flat; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adjective with sein ( sehr/zu), wechselpreposition with Dat. (7.5)

ALLES ARBEIT? – LEARNING: To describe daily routine, talk about the past, speake about jobs, position, advertisements, prepare
telephone conversation; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Conjunctions, Perfect tense ( regular & irregular verbs ). (7.5)

KLEIDUNG UND MODE – LEARNING: To speak about clothes, understand the conversation at shopping centers, about Berlin.
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Perfect tense (trennbare & nicht trennbare verbs), personal pronomen & verbs with
Dat. (7.5)

GESUND UND MUNTER – LEARNING: To make personal statements, name body parts, understand sport activities, conversation
with the doctor, get & give tips to healthy life, e mail writing; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Imperative, Modalverbs.
(7.5)

AB IN DEN URLAUB! – LEARNING: To suggest a city tour, describe the directions, write a postcard, describe the weather, make
a complain in the hotel, speak about the trips, letter writing ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adverbs (time). (7.5)

Total L : 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Stefanie Dengler, ―‗Netzwerk A1.2‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Johannes Gerbes,‖‗Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010.
2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012.
3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCES

15OH81 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

2 2 0 3
INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract Data Types - Basic data structures –Arrays, stacks, queues and linked lists-Operations
and applications (5)

ALGORITHMS: Introduction-Analysis of algorithms - Best, worst and average case time complexities - notations. (2)

81
TREES: Terminologies – Binary tree- Sequential and linked representation -operations - Traversals - Expression trees - Infix, Postfix
and Prefix expressions – Heaps- Max heap-Min heap. (4)

SORTING AND SEARCHING: Insertion sort, selection sort, heap sort, count sort and radix sort - searching, Linear Search. (4)

BINARY SEARCH TREES: Searching – Insertion and deletion of elements-Balanced BST- AVL trees-Definition – searching –
insertion and deletion of elements, AVL rotations (4)
MULTIWAY SEARCH TREES: Indexed Sequential Access – m-way search trees – B-Tree – searching, insertion and deletion. (3)

GRAPHS: Definition – representations (Adjacency matrix, packed adjacency list and linked adjacency list) – Graph search methods
(Breadth first and depth first traversals) . (2)

DIVIDE AND CONQUER: Method – Merge sort, Quick sort, Binary Search. (3)
GREEDY METHOD: Optimization problems – method – examples – Minimum cost spanning tree (Kruskal‘s and prim‘s algorithms),
Knapsack problem (3)
TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
Implementation of the following problems:
1. Sparse and dense Matrix operations using arrays.
2. Linked Lists: Singly linked, Doubly linked and Circular lists.
3. Problems using Stacks.
4. Problems using Queues.
5. Binary trees
6. Problems related to sorting and searching algorithms.
7. Binary search tree
8. Minimum cost spanning tree
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia and David Mount, ―Data Structures and Algorithms in C++‖, John Wiley, 2011.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, ―Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++‖, Addison-Wesley, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++", Prentice Hall, New
Delhi, 2005.
2. Robert L Kruse and Clovis L Tondo, ―Data Structures and Program design in C‖, Pearson Education, 2013.
3. SahniSartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2011.

15OH82 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

2 2 0 3
LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Graphical method for two dimensional problems – Central problems of Linear Programming –
Definitions – Simplex Algorithm – Phase I and Phase II of Simplex Method. (8)

CONVEX OPTIMIZATION: Convex sets and cones- Convex functions- Convex optimization problems- linear and quadratic
programs; second-order cone and semi-definite programs; quasi-convex optimization problems; vector and multi-criterion
optimization. (5)

SIMPLEX MULTIPLIERS: Dual and Primal – Dual Simplex Method – Revised Simplex Method - Sensitivity Analysis –
Transportation problem and its solution – Assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method – Karmakar‘s method –
Statement, Conversion of the Linear Programming problem into the required form, Algorithm. (7)

INTEGER PROGRAMMING: Gomory cutting plane methods for all integer and mixed integer programming problems - Branch and
Bound method (Land – Dolg and Dakin algorithms) – Zero-One Implicit enumeration Algorithm. (5)

DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Principle of Optimality – Backward and forward induction methods- Calculus method of solution-
Tabular method of solution – Shortest path network problems – Applications in production. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Solving inequalities using Simplex, Two-phase, Dual simplex methods, Revised simplex method.
2. Finding initial basic feasible solution using (i) North-West corner rule(ii) Matrix minimum and (iii) Vogel‘s approximation method
and also perform optimalitytest using MODI method.
3. Solving Assignment problem using Hungarian method.
4. Gomory;s cutting plane methods for all IPP and mixed IPP.
5. Solving Dynamic Programming problems.

82
6. Critical path for the given PERT and CPM networks.
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60
TEXT BOOK:
1. Hamdy A Taha, ―Operations Research – An Introduction‖, Prentice Hall, 2011.
2. Slephen Boyd and Lieven Vandenberghe ― Convex Optimization‖ Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Hillier F and Liberman G J, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, McGraw Hill, 2014.
2. Kambo N S, ―Mathematical Programming Techniques‖, East-West Press, 2012.
3. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering optimization theory and Practice‖, John Wiley, 2014.

15OH83 DATA SCIENCE

2 2 03

INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE : Data wrangling, cleaning, and sampling to get a suitable data set - Mathematics for
understanding the data – Descriptive statistics : Visualizing Data - Central Tendency –Variability –Standardizing -Normal
Distribution -Sampling Distributions. (6)

DATA MANIPULATION AT SCALE: Parallel databases, parallel query processing, in-database analytics, MapReduce, Hadoop,
Key-value stores and NoSQL; tradeoffs of SQL and NoSQL. (5)

DATA ANALYTICS USING STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES : Review of univariate regression, multiple regression - Linear regression
and related methods - splines and regularization - Kernel methods - Generalized additive models - Kernel smoothing - Gaussian
mixtures and EM algorithm - Geometry, subspaces, orthogonality, projections, normal equations, rank deficiency, estimable
functions and Gauss-Markov theorem - Computation via QR decomposition, Gramm-Schmidt orthogonalization and the SVD -
Multivariate normal distribution. (11)

COMMUNICATING RESULTS : Visualization - descriptive statistics and visualization, privacy, ethics – multivariate visualization.
(3)
SPECIAL TOPICS : Graph Analytics: structure, traversals, analytics, PageRank, community detection, recursive queries, Semantic
web. (3)

CASE STUDY: Community Detection – Collaborative Network – Opinion mining – Co-citation network (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Introduction to R and problems using R.
2. Collect datasets from Kaggle and Data Analysis.
3. Implementation of various predictive models.
4. Generate the results using Confidence levels.
5. Implementation of SVD.
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60
TEXT BOOK:
1. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, ―Mining of Massive Datasets‖, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
2. Ravi Kannan and John Hopcroft, ―Foundations of Data Science‖, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Johannes Ledolter, ‗Data Mining and Business Analytics with R‘, John Wiley & Sons, 2013
2. Gareth James and Daniel Witten, Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, ―An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in
R‖, Springer, 2013.
3. Michael T. Longnecker, R. Lyman Ott,‖ An Introduction to Statistical Methods and Data Analysis‖, Cengage Learning 2008.
4. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, ―The elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and prediction‖,
Springer, 2009.
5. Matthew A. Russell,‖Mining the Social Web: Analyzing Data from Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Other Social Media Sites‖,
O'Reilly Media, 2013.
6. Philipp K. Janert, ―Data Analysis with Open Source Tools‖, O'Reilly Media, 2010.

15OH84 DATA VISUALIZATION

2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Information visualization – Theoretical foundations – Information visualization types – Design principles - A
framework for producing data visualization (5)

STATIC DATA VISUALIZATION – tools – working with various data formats (3)

DYNAMIC DATA DISPLAYS: Introduction to web based visual displays – deep visualization – collecting sensor data – visualization
– D3 framework - Introduction to Many eyes and bubble charts (6)

83
MAPS – Introduction to building choropleth maps (3)

TREES – Network visualizations – Displaying behavior through network graphs (6)

BIG DATA VISUALIZATION – Visualizations to present and explore big data – visualization of text data and Protein sequences
(7)
TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
Note: Explore software like R, Python, Google Vision, Google Refine, and ManyEyes ; Data sets are available on Gap minder,
Flowing data

1. Visualization of static data.

2. Visualization of web data.
3. Visualization of sensor data.
4. Visualization of protein data.
Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ware C and Kaufman M,‖Visual thinking for design‖, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Chakrabarti, S, ―Mining the web: Discovering knowledge from hypertext data ―,Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2003.
2. Fry,‖Visualizing data‖, Sebastopo‖,O‘Reily, 2007.

15OH85 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

2 20 3
INTRODUCTION: The foundations of AI - The History of AI- Intelligent agents- Agent based system. (2)

PROBLEM SOLVING: State Space models- Searching for solution- Uninformed/Blind search - Informed/ Heuristic search - A*
search - Hill-climbing search- Genetic Algorithm– Markovian Decision Process (MDP) – Maximum value policies, Adversarial
games– value/policy iteration – Minimax – Alpha-beta pruning – Temporal difference (TD) - Constraint satisfaction problem -
factor graphs - Backtracking search. (8)

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING: Knowledge representation - Logics – First order logic- Inference in first
order logic – Higher order logic - Markov logic. (5)

UNCERTAIN KNOWLEDGE AND PROBABILISTIC REASONING: Uncertainty-Probabilistic reasoning - Semantics of Bayesian

network -, Exact inference in Bayesian network- Approximate inference in Bayesian network- Direct sampling methods, Inference
by Markov chain simulation - Probabilistic reasoning over time – Hidden Markov Models. (5)

DECISION-MAKING: basics of utility theory, sequential decision problems - decision network– policy -Decision process in infinite
horizon: Optimal policy, Value iteration - policy iteration- Partially observable decision process – Decisions in Multi agent system:
elementary game theory, (6)

LEARNING: Learning from observation - Knowledge in learning – Supervised Learning - Unsupervised and Reinforcement
learning. (2)

ROBOTICS: Introduction. (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
Lab assignments will be provided for all the topics given below.
1. A* algorithm for 8 –puzzle and Missionaries and Cannibals problem.
2. Hill climbing and genetic algorithm
3. Constraint satisfaction techniques,
4. Simple games – minimax and expectimax
5. Logic based exercises.
6. Implementing HMM models
7. Applications of sequential decision making and multi agent decision making
8. Implementing decision network and dynamic networks.
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Pearson Education, 2014.
2. David Pool and Alan Mackworth, ―Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational agents‖, Cambridge University,
2011.

84
3. Daphne Koller and N Friedman, ―Probabilistic Graphical Models - Principles and Techniques‖, MIT, 2009.
4. Tsang and Edward, ―Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction: The Classic Text‖, BoD–Books on Demand, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Christopher M.Bishop, ―Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖, Springer, 2013.
2. Nils J. Nilsson, ―The Quest for Artificial Intelligence: A History of Ideas and achievements‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

15OH86 PERVASIVE COMPUTING

2 20 3

INTRODUCTION: Past, present, future; the pervasive computing market, m-Business, challenges and future of pervasive computing
- modelling key for pervasive computing - pervasive system environment interaction - architectural design for pervasive system,
application examples of pervasive computing: Healthcare, Tracking, emergency information systems, home networking appliances
and entertainment. (4)

DEVICE TECHNOLOGY FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Hardware,computing devices and their characteristics - pervasive
information access devices-smart identification, smart card, labels, tokens - embedded controls, smart sensors, actuators -Human-
machine interfaces, Biometrics - Various operating systems for pervasive devices. (4)

COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Connecting the world – WWAN, SRWC, DECT, Bluetooth,
IrDA – mobile internet – internet protocols. Audio networks, data networks - wireless data networks - pervasive networks - service
oriented networks - network design issues - Managing smart devices in virtual environments, human user-centered and physical
environments - pervasive computing issues and outlook. (6)

APPROACHES FOR DEVELOPING PERVASIVE APPLICATIONS: Categorization - smart services for pervasive application
development - developing mobile applications – presentation transcoding – device independent view component – heterogeneity of
device platforms - Context Awareness and Mobility to build pervasive applications. (6)

CONTEXT AWARE SYSTEMS: Modelling - mobility awareness - spatial awareness - temporal awareness - ICT system awareness
- Intelligent Systems - basic concepts- autonomous systems - reflective and self-aware systems - self management and autonomic
computing - complex systems. (6)

LOCATION AWARE SYSTEMS: Basic concepts - location modelling - Introduction to location management – DNS Server, server
process, client process – location update – location inquiry-location management cost – network topology – mobility pattern,
memory less movement model, Markovian Model, Shortest distance model, Gauss-Markov model, Activity Based Model, Mobility
Trace. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Create application with onClick, onKeyDown, onFocusChanged Event Handlers.
2. Create application with Toast Notifications.
3. Create application with Android's Advanced User Interface Functions.
4. Create Android Audio/Video Application.
5. Create application to Create, Modify and Query an SQLite Database.
6. Create application that Works with an Android Content Provider.
7. Create application that performs Data Storage and Retrieval from Android External Storage.
8. Create Location-Aware application that uses Proximity Alerts and Google Maps API.
9. Implementation of small packages to demonstrate all APIs.
Note: All implementations using android.
Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stefan Poslad, ―Ubiquitous Computing - Smart Devices, Environment and Interactions‖, John Wiley, 2011.
2. Adelstein F and Gupta S K S, ―Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Guruduth Banavar, Norman Cohen, Chandra Narayanaswami, ―Pervasive Computing: An Application-Based Approach‖, Wiley
Inter Science, 2012.
2. Mohammed Ilyas and ImadMahgoub, ―Mobile Computing Handbook‖, Auerbach Publications, 2005.
3. Burkhardt, Henn, Hepper and Rintdorff, Schaeck. ―Pervasive Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2009.
4. AshokeTalukdar and RoopaYavagal, ―Mobile Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hil l, 2010.

85
 15OH87 PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING
2203

INTRODUCTION: Concepts and Terminology – Generic Processor / ASIC Processor Architecture – Pipeline Architecture –
Instruction Set Architecture - Types of Parallelism - Flynn's Classical Taxonomy – Terminology . (4)

PARALLEL COMPUTER MEMORY ARCHITECTURES: Shared Memory - Distributed Memory -Hybrid Distributed-Shared Memory
Multiprocessors: Communication and Memory issues - Message Passing Architectures - Vector Processing and SIMD Architectures.
(4)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING MODELS: Overview -Shared Memory Model - Threads Model - Message Passing Model - Data
Parallel Model - Other Models. (4)

DESIGNING PARALLEL PROGRAMS: Automatic vs. Manual Parallelization - Understand the Problem and the Program -
Partitioning -Communications - Synchronization -Data Dependencies - Load Balancing -Granularity -I/O -Limits and Costs of Parallel
Programming - Performance Analysis and Tuning - Parallel Examples -Array Processing - Compiler Transformation techniques for
High performance computing: - Transformations for parallel Machines. (5)

PRAM ALGORITHMS& BSP: PRAM model of computation- Work-Time formalism and Brent‘s Theorem; algorithm design
techniques-parallel prefix, pointer jumping, (3)

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING ARCHITECTURES - Latency Hiding Architectures -Multithreading Architectures -Dataflow
Architectures. (3)

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING: Introduction -- Definitions, motivation - Communication Mechanisms - Communication protocols,-

RPC- RMI. HadoopArchitecture: History of HadoopHadoop Background-Architecture-Hadoop and RDBMS-Subprojects-
Distributions-Documentation. Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS): HDFS Clusters – NameNodes, Data Nodes & Clients.
MapReduce:-Processing & Generating large data sets, Map functions, Programming MapReduce using SQL / Bash / Python,
Parallel Processing, Failover. (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Basic Master – Worker program and send messages.
2. Write a program to find the summation of largest number in a very larger array of integers. ( The contents of the array
should be equally distributed to all processes ).
3. Write a parallel program in SPMD to calculate the PI value using integral approximation method.
4. Simple Matrix multiplication, Transpose, using parallel algorithm.
5. Select your own choice of very dense computational problem having divide and conquer method and implement it in parallel
algorithm. And produce the performance chart with 2, 4, 6 and 8 nodes.
6. Hadoop setup – Map reduce – Programming models – Text mining.
Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael J Quinn, ― Parallel Computing : Theory And Practice‖, Tata Mcgraw-Hill,2004.
2. Joel M.Crichlow,‖ Distributed And Parallel Computing‖ , Prentice Hall, 2007.
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen, ― Distributed Systems, Principles and Paradigm‖, Prentice Hall, 2013.
4. Jason Sanders, Edward Kandrot, ―CUDA by Example: An Introduction to General-Purpose GPU Programming‖, Pearson
Education, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Lynch N.N., ―Distributed Algorithms‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
2. Vijay K Garg, ―Elements of Distributed Computing‖, Wiley 2014.
3. Shane Cook, ―CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs (Applications of GPU Computing)‖,
Elsevier, 2013.
4. Tom White, ―Hadoop Definitive Guide‖, O‘Reily, 2012.
5. Srinath Perera, Thilina Gunarathne, ―Mapreduce Cook book‖, Packy Publishing, 2013.
6. David F. Bacon, Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp, ―Compiler Transformations for High Performance Computing‖,
Technical report, 1994.

15OH88 CYBER SECURITY

2 2 0 3
INTRODUCTION: Security Goals, Attacks, Services and Mechanisms – Techniques – Understanding Threats. (2)

CRYPTOGRAPHY: Basic encryption and decryption – Substitution, Transposition – AES- Public key cryptosystem: RSA
cryptosystem –Data Integrity- Cryptography hash functions- Digital Signatures-Digital signature standard(DSS)- Authentication-
Passwords- Biometrics-Interactive protocol- Key management – Diffie –Hellman Key exchange- Digital certificates. (8)

PROGRAM SECURITY: Secure Programs – Buffer overflows – Malware – viruses and other malicious code – Targeted Malicious
code –Defense Mechanism. (6)

86
NETWORK SECURITY: Security at application layer: email security – SMIME- Security at transport layer: SSL protocol. Security at
network layer: firewalls – intrusion detection system – IPsec (5)

WEB SECURITY: Overview, various types of web application vulnerabilities, Reconnaissance, Authentication, Authorization
(Fuzzing and Privilege Escalation), Session Management, Cross Site Scripting (XSS),Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF), SQL
Injection and Blind SQL Injection. (5)

OS SECURITY: Memory and Address protection – Access Control –file protection mechanisms –User authentication –models of
security –Trusted OS design. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Design of a Client server application for a basic cryptosystem.
2. Detection of a Buffer overflow attack.
3. Packet Sniffing using Wireshark Tool to perform the traffic analysis attack.
4. Key distribution using RSA (KDC) – Key hacking.
5. Key exchange using Diffie- Hellman technique – MITM attack.
6. Password authentication.
7. Transaction security using SQL Injection attacks.
8. Port scanning tools.
9. Performing attacks and testing with attack tools.
10. Security testing for Web applications.
Total L:30+TP:30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Olson, ―Cyber Security Essentials‖, CRC Press, USA, 2011
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Prentice Hall, 2006.
2. Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes, Keith Strass Berg J, ―Network Security- The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
3. Brian Sullivan, Vincent Liu, ―Web Application security: A beginners guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
4. Charles P Fleeger, Shari Lawrence P Fleeger, ―Security in Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2004.

15OH89 RANDOMIZED ALGORITHMS

2203

INTRODUCTION: Randomized algorithms, randomized quick sort, Karger‘s min-cut algorithm Las Vegas and Monte Carlo
algorithms, computational models and complexity classes. (4)

MOMENT, DEVIATION AND TAIL INEQUALITIES: Occupancy problem, Markov and Chebyshev inequalities- randomized
selection- coupon collector‘s problem, the Chernoff bound- routing in a parallel computer- a wiring problem. (4)

PROBABILISTIC METHODS: Overview of the method – maximum satisfiability - finding a large cut, Expander graphs. (4)
MARKOV CHAINS AND RANDOMWALKS: Markov chains, Random walk on graphs - connectivity in undirected graphs –
Expanders and rapidly mixing random walks. (4)

DATA STRUCTURES AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Random Treaps, hashing – hash tables – perfect hashing, skip lists - Fast
min-cut. (4)

ONLINE ALGORITHMS: Paging problem-adversary models- paging against an oblivious adversary-relating the adversaries-the
adaptive online adversary, k-server problem. (4)

PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS: Sorting on a PRAM – Maximal Independent sets. (3)

DERANDOMIZATION: The method of Conditional Probabilities – Derandomizing max-cut algorithm – Constructing pairwise
independent values modulo a prime - Pairwise independent – large cut. (3)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implementation of randomized quick sort and solve real time problems using it.
2. Find solution for s-t min-cut problem adapting min cut algorithm.
3. Implementation of randomized selection and problems related to it.
4. Implementation of treap data structure.
5. Problems using randomized hash table.
6. Implement the shortest path and fast min-cut algorithms.
7. Implementation of randomized primality testing.
Total L: 30+TP:30 = 60

87
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Motwani R and Raghavan P ―Randomized Algorithms‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Michael Mitzenmacher and Eli Upfal, ―Probability & Computing: Randomized Algorithms and Probabilistic Analysis‖, Cambridge
University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction toAlgorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009.
2. Jon Kleinberg and Eve Tardos, ―Algorithm Design‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

15OH90 APPROXIMATION ALGORITHMS

2 2 0 3
INTRODUCTION: Definition-performance ratios, vertex-cover problem. (3)

COMBINATORIAL ALGORITHMS: lower bounding techniques and Metric TSP, multiway cut problem, the minimum k-cut problem,
FPTAS for knapsack, greedy algorithms for Makespan-PTAS for minimum Makespan, Euclidean TSP. (7)

LINEAR PROGRAMMING RELAXATIONS: LP-duality, min-max relations and LP-duality, rounding applied to vertex cover-simple
rounding algorithm-randomized rounding, primal dual method and vertex cover. (5)

CUTS, METRICAL RELAXATIONS AND EMBEDDINGS: multiway cut, sum multi-commodity flow, some applications of multicut,
rounding for Sparsest Cut via L1 Embeddings. (5)

SEMIDEFINITE PROGRAMMING: Strict quadratic programs and vector programs, properties of positive semidefinite matrices, the
semidefinite programming problem, randomized rounding algorithm, improving the guarantee for MAX-2SAT. (5)

HARDNESS OF APPROXIMATION: reduction, graphs, and hardness factors, the PCP theorem, hardness of MAX-3SAT. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implementation of vertex-cover algorithm.
2. Implementation of Greedy algorithm for makespan.
3. Problems related to Euclidean TSP.
4. Implementation of different algorithms with rounding.
5. Implementation of applications of multicut.
Total L:30+T:30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David P. Williamson, David B. Shmoys, ―the design of approximation algorithms‖, Cambridge university press, 2011
2. Vijay V. Vazirani, ―Approximation Algorithms‖, Springer Verlag, 2003.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction to Algorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009.
2. Anany Levitin, ―Introduction to design and analysis of algorithm‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

15OH91 NETWORK SCIENCE

2203
INTRODUCTION: Basics of networks and graphs, random network model - degree distribution, evolution, small world property, six
degrees of separation, Watts-Strogatz model, local clustering coefficient, random networks and network science. (6)

BARABÁSI-ALBERT MODEL: Growth and preferential attachment, Barabási-Albert model, degree dynamics, degree distribution,
diameter and the clustering coefficient, preferential attachment - absence of growth, measure, non-linearity, the origins. (6)

SCALE-FREE PROPERTY: Power laws and scale-free networks, Hubs, Universality, Ultra-small property, role of the degree
exponent, Generating networks with a pre-defined degree distribution. (6)

EVOLVING NETWORKS: Bianconi-Barabási model, measuring fitness, Bose-Einstein condensation, evolving networks.
(5)
DEGREE CORRELATIONS: Assortativity and disassortativity, Measuring degree correlations, Structural cutoffs, Degree
correlations in real networks, Generating correlated networks, impact of degree correlations. (7)

Total L:30+T:30 = 60

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implementation of Barabási-Albert model.
2. Implementation of Watts-Strogatz model.
3. Implementation of Bianconi-Barabási model.
4. Obtaining Degree correlations in real networks.

88
5. Case studies of the theory concepts on real networks.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ted G. Lewis, ―Network Science: Theory and Practice‖, Wiley, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Estrada, E., Fox, M., Higham, D.J. and Oppo, G.L., ―Network Science - Complexity in Nature and Technology‖, Springer, 2010.
2. Laszlo Barabasi, Network Science, http://barabasilab.neu.edu/networksciencebook/downlPDF.html

15OH92 APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

2203

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Introduction – Classification of Stochastic Processes – Markov Chain (2)

DISCRETE TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction -Transition Probability Matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov Equations -
Classification of States – Transient Distributions –Limiting Behaviour – Cost Models – First Passage times – Markov Decision
process. (7)

RANDOM WALK MODELS: Symmetric random walk – Random walk on graphs – Gambler‘s Ruin model (3)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction – Poisson Process - Birth and Death Processes – Kolmogorov Differential
Equations – Pure Birth Process - Pure Death Process – Applications (8)

GENERALIZED MARKOV MODELS: Introduction – Distribution - Renewal Theorems - Residual and Excess Life Times -Alternating
Renewal Process - Renewal Reward Processes – Semi Markov Process
(5)
GENERAL QUEUEING MODELS: Single and Multi server Poisson Queues - Single Server Queue with Poisson input and general
service– General input and exponential service Queueing models. (5)

TUTORIALS PRACTICE:
1. Case Study for Markov Chain: Passport Credit Card Company, Manufacturing, Telecommunication
2. Case Study for generalized Markov Process: Healthy Heart Coronary Care Facility
3. Modeling Network Protocols using Queueing Models
4. Performance Evaluation of Communication Systems
5. Page Ranking Algorithms

Total L: 30 +T:30= 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kulkarni, V.G., ―Introduction to Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems‖, Springer, 2011.
2. Sheldon M. Ross, ―Introduction to Probability Models‖, Academic Press, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Roy D.Yates and David J. Goodman, ―Probability and Stochastic Processes – A friendly Introduction for Electrical and
Computer Engineers‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
2. SaeedGhahramani, ―Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes‖, Pearson, 2014.
3. Dimitri Bertsekas, Robert Gallager, ―Data Networks‖, Pearson , 2003.
4. Samuel Karlin Howard E.Taylor, ―A First course in Stochastic Processes‖, Academic Press, 2011.
5. Gross.D and Harris C.M, ―Fundamentals of Queueing theory‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.

15OH93 MODELLING AND SIMULATION

2203
PRINCIPLE OF COMPUTER MODELLING AND SIMULATION: Monte Carlo simulation. Nature of computer modeling and
simulation.Limitations of simulation, areas of application. (3)

SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENT:Components of a system - discrete and continuous systems. Models of a system - A variety of
modelling approaches. (3)

DATA-DRIVEN MODELS: Empirical Models-Introduction - Linear Empirical Model- Predictions-Linear Regression - Nonlinear One-
Term Model - Multiterm Models - Advanced Fitting with Computational Tools (3)

RANDOM VARIABLE GENERATION: Inverse transform technique - Exponential distribution - Uniform distribution - Weibull
distribution. Empirical continuous distribution - generating approximate normal variates - Erlang distribution. Empirical Discrete
distribution - Discrete Uniform distribution - Poisson distribution - Geometric distribution - Acceptance - Rejection technique for
Poisson distribution - Gamma distribution. (4)

89
DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS: Input - Output analysis - variance reduction techniques - Antithetic
variables - verification and validation of simulation models. (4)

DISCRETE EVENT SIMULATION: Concepts in discrete-event simulation, manual simulation using event scheduling, single channel
queue, two server queue, simulation of inventory problem. (5)

SIMULATION LANGUAGES - GPSS - SIMSCRIPT - SIMULA - SIMPLE_1, Programming for Discrete event systems in GPSS,
SIMPLE_1 and C. (4)

CASE STUDIES: Simulation of LAN - Manufacturing system - Hospital system. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implement variance reduction.
2. Implement event scheduling.
3. Simulate inventory problem.
4. Simulate a manufacturing system.
Total L: 30+T: 30=60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jerry Banks and John S. Carson, "Discrete Event System Simulation", Prentice Hall, 2013.
2. AngelaB.Shiflet andGeorge W. Shiflet, ― Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for theSciences‖,
Princeton University Press, 2014

REFERENCES:
1. Mohsen Guizani, Ammar Rayes, Bilal Khan, Ala Al-Fugaha, ―Network Modelling and Simulation A Practical Perspective‖, John
Wiley, 2010.
2. Averil M Law , "Simulation Modelling and Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill,2014.

15OH94 GRAPH ALGORITHMS

2203
INTRODUCTION: Graphs, subgraphs, matrix representations, degree sequence, connected graphs, vertex and edge connectivity,
distance in graphs, weighted graphs, graph classes, interval graphs, clique, independent set, vertex cover. Trees –
characterizations, rooted, unrooted, spanning tree, matrix tree theorem, Cayley‘s formula. Graph operations – union, intersection,
product. Digraphs – connectivity, tournament, transitive closure, topological order. Algorithms – time and space complexities. (4)

PATH AND TREE ALGORITHMS: Shortest path problem, Dijkstra‘s algorithm, Floyd‘s algorithm for all pair shortest path, Bellman-
Ford-Moore shortest path algorithm for graphs with negative length edges. Minimum weight spanning tree – fundamental cycles,
cotrees and bonds, Prim‘s and Kruskals‘s algorithms, Cheriton-Tarjan algorithm. Depth-first and breadth-first algorithms for finding
blocks. (4)

MATCHING: Maximum and perfect matchings, augmenting path, Berge‘s, Konig‘s and Tutte‘s theorems, Hall‘s theorem, Hungarian
algorithm, Edmond-Blossom algorithm. Kuhn-Munker‘s algorithm for optimal assignment. (4)

NETWORK FLOW: Maximum flow in a network, minimum cut, Ford-Fulkerson algorithm, Max-flow min-cut theorem. Similarity
between matching and flow theories. (3)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian trails and tours. Optimal Chinese Postman Tour – Edmond‘s and Johnson
algorithm, Eulerian trail - Fleury‘s algorithm. Hamiltonian cycles – Ore‘s and Dirac‘s conditions. Gray codes, Traveling Salesman
problem – Christofide‘s algorithm. (5)

VERTEX COLORING: Vertex coloring and bounds. Sequential coloring, largest degree first algorithms. Maximum clique and vertex
coloring. Mycielski‘s construction for large chromatic number. (3)

GRAPH ISOMORPHISM: Isomorphism, subgraph isomorphism, László Babai‘s quasi-polynomial time solution for graph
isomorphism problem. (4)

PLANAR GRAPHS: Euler‘s formula, dual graph, Kuratowski‘s theorem, 4-color problem, Wagner‘s theorem. Planarity testing –
Hopcraft-Tarjan algorithm. (3)

Total L: 30+T: 30=60

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. VLSI Physical design – maximum Independent set, maximum clique and minimum coloring for interval graphs, Steiner
minimum tree in routing.
2. Isomorphism/subgraph isomorphism problem in Data mining - common subgraph pattern in networks, chemical compound
within a chemical database.

90
3. Link verification using Eulerian trails.
4. Network flow – finding maximum flow in network
5. Register allocation, frequency assignment using vertex coloring
6. Traveling salesman problem using Hamiltonian concept
7. Planar graph embedding
8. Solving optimal assignment problem

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Willian Kocay, Donald L. Kreher, Graphs, Algorithms, and Optimization, CRC Press, 2013.
2. Jonathan Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Douglas B West, Introduction to Graph Theory, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
2. Naveed Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation, Springer, 2013.
3. Bang-Jensen, Jørgen, Gutin, Gregory Z., Diagraphs: Theory, Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag, 2010.

OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

15AH01 AUTOMOTIVE INFOTRONICS

3003

DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM: Driver information, driver perception, driver convenience, driver monitoring, general vehicle
control, longitudinal and lateral control, collision avoidance, vehicle monitoring. (8)

TELEMATICS: Global positioning system, geographical information systems, navigation system, architecture, automotive vision
system, road recognition. (9)

SAFETY SYSTEMS: Active and passive safety, airbags, seat belt tightening system, forward collision warning systems, child lock,
anti lock braking systems, Autonomous Vehicle System, Lane departure warning system, Adaptive headlight system, Day time
running lights (DRL), Automatic wiper system, Traffic Sign Identification. (10)

COMFORT SYSTEMS: Adaptive cruise control system, Active suspension system, power steering, collapsible and tiltable steering
column, power windows, and climate control system. (10)

SECURITY SYSTEMS: Anti theft technologies – mechanical, electromechanical and electronic immobilizers, alarm system, stolen
vehicle tracking system, remote keyless entry, smart card system, number plate coding, Bio metric systems. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ronald K Jurgen, ―Navigation and Intelligent Transportation Systems – Progress in Technology‖, Automotive Electronics Series.
SAE, USA, 1998.
2 .Robert Bosch GmbH, "Safety, Comfort and Convenience Systems", Wiley, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Robert Bosch, ―Automotive Hand Book‖, SAE, 2000.
2. Hong Cheng, ―Autonomous Intelligent Vehicles: Theory, Algorithms, and Implementation‖, Springer, 2011.
3. Robert Bosch GmbH,, Bosch Automotive Handbook", Bentley Publishers, 2011.
4. LjuboVlacic, Michel Parent and Fumio Harashima, ―Intelligent Vehicle Technologies‖, Butterworth-Heinemann Publications,
Oxford, 2001.

15AH03 ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES

3003

ELECTRIC VEHICLES: Architecture of an electric vehicle, essentials and performance of electric vehicles – Traction motor
characteristics, tractive effort, transmission requirements, vehicle performance, energy consumption, advantage and limitations. (9)

HYBRID VEHICLES: Hybrid electric drivetrains - Concepts, architecture, design, control strategies, merits and demerits. (9)

ELECTRIC PROPULSION SYSTEMS: DC motor drives, induction motor drives, permanent magnet motor drives and switched
reluctance motor drives. (9)

91
ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES: Electrochemical batteries – Reactions, thermodynamic voltage, lead-acid batteries, nickel based
batteries, lithium based batteries, flywheel and ultra-capacitors, Battery management systems. (9)

HYBRID SOLAR VEHICELS: Fuel cell thermodynamics, operating principle, fuel cell technologies, fuel reforming, hydrogen
production and storage. Photovoltaic cell, maximum power point tracking, solar powered accessories, hybrid solar vehicles. (9)
Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. MehrdadEhsani, YiminGao, sebastien E. Gay and Ali Emadi, ―Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles:
Fundamentals, Theory and Design‖, CRC Press, 2009.
2. Iqbal Husain, ―Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. SerefSoylu ―Electric Vehicles - The Benefits and Barriers‖, InTech Publishers, Croatia, 2011.
2. AuliceScibioh M. and Viswanathan B., ―Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications‖, University Press, India, 2006.
3. Barbir F., ―PEM Fuel Cells: Theory and Practice‖ Elsevier, Burlington, 2005.
4. James Larminie and John Loury, ―Electric Vehicle Technology-Explained‖, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2003.

DEPARTMENT OF PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

15PH08 FOUNDATION SKILLS IN INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

3003
FUNDAMENTALS OF PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Global Trends Analysis and Product decision - Social Trends - Technical
Trends- Economical Trends - Environmental Trends - Political/Policy Trends - Introduction to Product Development Methodologies
and Management - Overview of Products and Services - Types of Product Development - Overview of Product Development
methodologies - Product Life Cycle - Product Development Planning and Management. (9)

REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEM DESIGN: Requirement Engineering - Types of Requirements - Requirement Engineering -
Traceability Matrix and Analysis - Requirement Management - System Design & Modeling - Introduction to System Modeling -
System Optimization - System Specification - Sub-System Design - Interface Design (9)

DESIGN AND TESTING: Conceptualization - Industrial Design and User Interface Design - Introduction to Concept generation
Techniques – Challenges in Integration of Engineering Disciplines - Concept Screening & Evaluation - Detailed Design - Component
Design and Verification – Mechanical, Electronics and Software Subsystems - High Level Design/Low Level Design of S/W Program
- Types of Prototypes, S/W Testing - Hardware Schematic, Component design, Layout and Hardware Testing – Prototyping -
Introduction to Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Manufacturing - System Integration, Testing, Certification and Documentation
(9)

SUSTENANCE ENGINEERING AND END-OF-LIFE (EOL) SUPPORT: Introduction to Product verification processes and stages -
Introduction to Product validation processes and stages - Product Testing standards and Certification - Product Documentation -
Sustenance - Maintenance and Repair – Enhancements - Product EoL - Obsolescence Management - Configuration Management -
EoL Disposal (9)

BUSINESS DYNAMICS – ENGINEERING SERVICES INDUSTRY: The Industry - Engineering Services Industry - Product
development in Industry versus Academia - The IPD Essentials - Introduction to vertical specific product development processes -
Manufacturing/Purchase and Assembly of Systems - Integration of Mechanical, Embedded and S/W systems – Product
development Trade-offs - Intellectual Property Rights and Confidentiality - Security and configuration management. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Karl T Ulrich and Stephen D Eppinger, ―Product Design and Development‖, Tata McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, New Delhi, 2011.
2. John W Newstorm and Keith Davis, "Organizational Behavior", Tata McGraw Hill, Eleventh Edition, New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Book specially prepared by NASSCOM as per the MoU.
2. Peter F Drucker, ―People and Performance‖, Butterworth – Heinemann [Elsevier], Oxford, UK, 2004.
3. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkitakrishnan N K, ―Enterprise Resource Planning – Concepts and Practice‖, Prentice Hall India,
New Delhi, 2003.
4. Mark S Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, ―Human Factors in Engineering and Design‖, McGraw Hill Education, Seventh
Edition, New Delhi, 2013.

92
 DEPARTMENT OF TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

15TH02 SOUND AND THERMAL ISOLATION PRODUCTS AND CHARACTERIZATION

3003
INTRODUCTION TO SOUND: Fundamentals of Sound- Sound Levels and the Decibel- Sound in the Free Field- The Perception of
Sound. (4)

TEXTILE STRUCTURES AND SOUND ABSORPTION : Types of Sound Absorptive Materials- Mechanism of Sound Absorption in
Fibrous Materials-Different types of Sound Absorptive Textile structures-Factors influencing Sound absorption; Fiber type, Fiber
Size, Airflow Resistance, Porosity, Tortuosity, Thickness, Density, Fiber compactness, Surface Impedance. End uses of Sound
Absorptive textiles. Reducing noise in automotive interiors (10)

DEVELOPMENTS IN TEXTILE BASED SOUND ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS: Textile Based Sound Absorptive Materials: Key
technology developments in Textile Composites for Sound Absorption -Bicomponent Fiber in Sound Absorbent Production-
Nanofibres as Sound absorbants. Technologies for the production of coated textiles for Sound Absorption. (8)

SOUND ABSORPTION TEXTILES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Environmental impact, manufacturing concerns, recycling of
materials and components, sustainable product development.SOUND MEASUREMENTS AND STANDARDS: Impedance Tube
Method- Reverberant Field Method- Steady State Method. Analysis of sound absorptive characteristics of fabrics tested by these
methods. (10)

THERMAL INSULATION PRODUCTS: Need for thermal insulation- Types of thermal insulation materials- Textile structures as
thermal insulators- Factors influencing the thermal insulation characteristics. Requirement and design for thermal insulation textiles.
End uses of thermal insulation textiles. Improving thermal Insulation in automotive interiors. (8)

Environmental impact of thermal insulation textiles. Development of sustainable products for thermal insulation. Test methods and
standards for thermal insulation textiles. (5)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1.F. Alton Everest, Ken C. Pohlmann, Master Handbook of Acoustics, McGraw-Hill, USA, 2009.
2.Shishoo R, ―Textile advances in the automotive industry‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing
Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2008

REFERENCE:
1.Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, ―Textiles in automotive Engineering‖, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead
publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

DESIGN STREAM

15M001 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN

3003
OVERVIEW OF CAD SYSTEMS: Conventional and computer aided design processes-advantages and disadvantages. Subsystems
of CAD-CAD hardware and software, analytical and graphics packages, CAD workstations.Networking of CAD systems.
(5)
INTERACTIVE COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND GRAPHICS TRANSFORMATIONS: Generative, cognitive and image processing
graphics. Static and dynamic data graphics. Transport of graphics data. Graphic standards. Generation of graphic primitives -
display transformation in Two- and Three – Dimensional graphics concepts, Graphical input technique, Geometric
transpformations, Visual Realism, Computer animation, customizing graphics software. (9)

GEOMETRIC MODELING: Wireframe, surface, NURBS and solid modeling-applications and advantages. Creating primitive solids,
sweeping solids, boolean operations. Extracting entities from a solid.Filleting of edges of solids. Boundary representation (B-rep)
Constructive Solid Geometry(CSG) and Analytical Solid Modeling(ASM) (8)

PARAMETRIC DESIGN AND OBJECT REPRESENTATION: Types of co-ordinate systems. Parametric design - definition and
advantages.Parametric representation of analytic and synthetic curves.Parametric representation of surfaces and solids -
manipulations. (6)

93
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT: Automated 2D drafting - basics, Mechanical assembly - bill of materials generation.
Mass property calculations. (5)

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES: Optimization-need, objective functions and constraints. Mathematical modeling and analysis.
(5)
CASE STUDY: Design and optimsation procedure of shafts, flywheel, gears and journal bearing using computer packages.
(7)
Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ibrahim Zeid, "Mastering CAD/CAM", Tata McGraw- Hill Inc., New Delhi, 2007.
2. Radhakrishnan P and Subramanyan S, ―CAD/CAM/CIM‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Radhakrishnan P and Kothandaraman C P, "Computer Graphics and Design‖, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Vera B Anand, "Computer Graphics and Geometric Modeling for Engineers", John Wiley and Sons Inc., New Delhi, 2000.
3. William M Newman and Robert Sproul, "Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics", McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi, 1994.
4. Latit Narayan, Mallikarjuna Rao, Sarcar, ―Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.

15M002 ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

3003
CURVED BEAMS :Circumferential stress at a point in a curved beam, Wrinkler Bach formula-limitations, curved beam with
restrained ends. Closed ring subjected to a concentrated load and uniform load. (7)

BEAMS ON ELASTIC SUPPORTS: Beam with a concentrated load. Use of principle of superposition. Beam supported on equally
spaced separate elastic supports-UDL over part of the beam. (8)

FLAT PLATES IN BENDING: Plates in which bending action is dominant-small deflections. Stress in a circular plate with UDL,
simply supported and fixed edges-concentrated load. Stresses in square and rectangular plates with UDL, concentrated load at
center. (7)

ROTATING DISKS: Solid disk, disk with a central hole with external and internal pressures, disks of uniform strength, plastic
collapse of rotating disks.Rotating cylinders (circular).Disk of varying thickness. (7)

TORSION OF NON CIRCULAR SECTIONS: Torsion of bar having a rectangular sections, elastic membrane (soap film) analogy
hollow thin walled tubes. (8)

THICK WALLED CYLINDERS: Lame solution for principal stresses. Maximum stresses, radial deflection, failure theories,
applications. Methods of increasing the elastic strength by pre-stressing, analysis of effects of stresses of shrinking a hollow
cylinder made of thin walled laminations, auto frettage. (8)

Total : L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Boresi A P and Schmidt R J, ―Advanced mechanics of Materials‖, 6th Edition John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Sadhu Singh, ―Theory of elasticity‖, Fourth Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Cook R D, and Young, ―Advanced Mechanics of Materials‖, John Wiley Co., New Delhi, 1987.
2. Den Hartog, ―Advanced Strength of Materials‖, McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi, 1975.
3. Rajput R K, ―Strength of Materials‘, S. Chand & Co. ltd, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Ansel C Ugarwal, Saul K Fenster, ―Advanced Mechanics of Materials and Applied Elasticity‖, fifth edition, Pearson Education,
2011

15M003 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

3003
INTRODUCTION TO FEM: Engineering design analysis-meaning and purpose, Historical background of FEM – Rayleigh Ritz,
Weighted residual method, Variational method, basic concepts of FEM, Applicability of FEM to various problems, Advantages and
limitations of FEM, Test for convergence, Commercial finite element packages - advantages and limitations. (8)

STATIC ANALYSIS USING ONE DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS: General procedure of FEM, Skeletal and continuum structures,
Discretization of domain-basic types of elements, Formulation of element stiffness matrices and load vector: 1D spar - linear and
quadratic elements, plane truss element, beam element, beams on elastic foundation, treatment of boundary condition, problems
using one dimensional elements. (10)

STATIC ANALYSIS USING TWO DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS: Formulation of two dimensional problems, Isoparametric
formulation, 2D triangular and quadrilateral elements, Formulation of element stiffness matrices and load vectors for constant strain

94
triangular element, problems using two dimensional elements, higher order elements. (10)

DYNAMIC ANALYSIS:Equations of motion for dynamic problems using one dimensional elements, Formulation of element mass
matrices, Consistent and lumped mass matrices, Solution of Eigen value problems, Solving Free vibration problems using one
dimensional element. (10)

HEAT TRANSFER AND FLUID FLOW ANALYSIS: Basic equations of heat transfer and fluid flow, Finite element formulation, One
dimensional heat transfer and fluid flow problems, solving steady state heat conduction and convection problems using one
dimensional elements. (8)
Total : L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chandrupatla T R and Belegundu A D, ―Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering‖, Prentice Hall India, 2009.
2. Logan D L, ―A First Course in the Finite Element Method‖, CL Engineering, 2011

REFERENCES:
1. Seshu P, ― Textbook of Finite Element Analysis‖, PHI learning Private Limited, Delhi, 2013.
2. Larry J. Segerlind, ―Applied Finite Element Analysis‖, John Wiley and Sons, 1984
3. Cook R D, Malkus D S and Plesha M E, ―Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis‖, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,
2007.
4. Bhavikatti S S, ―Finite Element Analysis‖, New Age International, 2015.

15M004 FAILURE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

3003
MATERIALS AND DESIGN PROCESS: Factors affecting the behavior of materials in components, effect of component geometry
and shape factors, designing with high strength and low toughness materials, designing for hostile environments, the design
process, materials selection in design, processes and their influence on design, systematic process selection. (7)

FRACTURE MECHANICS: ductile fracture, brittle fracture, cleavage-fractography, ductile-brittle transition, fracture mechanics
approach to design-energy criterion, stress intensity approach, time dependent crack growth and damage. (4)

LINEAR ELASTIC FRACTURE MECHANICS: Griffith theory, energy release rate, Instability and R-curve, stress analysis of cracks-
stress intensity factor, K-threshold, Crack growth instability analysis, crack tip stress analysis. (6)

ELASTIC PLASTIC FRACTURE MECHANICS: Crack tip opening displacement (CTOD), J-integral, relationship between J and
CTOD. (5)

DYNAMIC AND TIME-DEPENDENT FRACTURE: Dynamic fracture, rapid loading of a stationary crack, rapid crack propagation,
dynamic contour integral, creep crack growth-C Integral, visco elastic fracture mechanics, viscoelastic J integral . (6)

DETERMINATION OF FRACTURE TOUGHNESS VALUES: Experimental determination of plane strain fracture toughness, K- R
curve testing, J measurement, CTOD testing, Effect of temperature, Strain rate on fracture toughness. (6)

WEAR FAILURES AND ELEVATED TEMPERATURE FAILURES: Types of wear, different methods of wear measurement,
analysis wear failures, wear at elevated temperatures, wear on different materials, role of friction on wear, stick slip friction, creep,
stress rupture, elevated temperature fatigue, metallurgical instabilities, environmental induced failure. (4)

FAILURE ANALYSIS TOOLS: Reliability concept and hazard function, life prediction, life extension, application of poisson,
exponential and Weibull distribution for reliability, bath tub curve, parallel and series system, MTBF,MTTR, FMEA definition-Design
FMEA, process FMEA, analysis causes of failure, modes, ranks of failure modes, fault tree analysis, microscopic failure analysis,
industrial case studies / Projects on FMEA. (7)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John M Barsoom and Stanley T Rolte , "Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures", American Society For Testing & Materials,
1999.
2. Shipley R. J. and W. T. Becker, "ASM Handbook Volume 11 : Failure Analysis and Prevention", ASM International, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Joseph Shigley, Charles Mischke, Budynas Richard, Keith Nisbett, "Mechanical Engineering Design", Tata Mc-graw Hill
2. Education, 2008.
3. Mahmoud M Farag, ―Material Selection for Engineering Design‖, CRC Press, 2005.
4. Michael F Ashby, ―Material Selection in Mechanical Design‖, Butterworth – Heinemann, 1999.
5. T.L.Anderson, ―Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications‖,Taylor & Francis Group, 2005.

95
 15M005 VIBRATION AND NOISE ENGINEERING
3003
INTRODUCTION: Relevance of and need for vibrational analysis. Mathematical modeling of vibrating systems-discrete and
continuous systems-single-degree of freedom systems, free and forced vibrations, various damping models. (7)

TWO DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS: Generalized co-ordinates, principal co-ordinates, derivation of equations of motion, co-
ordinate coupling, Lagrange‘s equation. (7)

MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS: Derivation of equations of motion, influence coefficients, orthogonality principle,
calculation of natural frequencies by Raleigh, Stodala, Dunkerley, Holzer and matrix iteration methods, branched system, geared
system. (7)

TRANSIENT VIBRATION: Impulse and arbitrary excitation, base excitation, Laplace transform formulation, response spectrum. (7)

VIBRATION TESTS, MEASUREMENTS AND CONTROL: Free and forced vibration tests, Measurement of vibration, FFT analyzer.
Methods of vibration control - excitation reduction at source, balancing of rigid, flexible and variable mass rotors. Dynamic properties
and selection of structural materials-viscoelastic polymers, vibration absorbers- tuned absorber, tuned and damped absorber
(qualitative treatment only), untuned viscous damper, vibration isolation. (12)

NOISE: Properties of sound – sound level meter. Sound isolation- machine enclosures, silencers and mufflers. (5)

Total = L: 45 = 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thomson W T, "Theory of Vibration with Applications", CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 1990.
2. Rao S S, "Mechanical Vibrations", Addison Wesley, Longman, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Tse Morse and Hinkle, ―Mechanical Vibration‖, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Jersey,1987.
2. Grover G K, "Mechanical Vibrations ", New Chand and Brothers, Roorkey, 1989.
3. Seto, ―Mechanical Vibrations ", Schaum Outline Series, McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 1990.
4. Kewal Pujara. and Pujara R.S., ―Noise for Engineers‖, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1984.

15M006 DESIGN OF ROTATING EQUIPMENT

3003
INTRODUCTION: Principles of fluid flow, Basic theory of rotating equipment – rotating equipment selection. (2)

PUMPS: Different types of pump - characteristic curves. Theory of centrifugal pump impeller-vortex theory, design of impeller, volute
and diffusers.Specific speed and design constants. (6)

DESIGN OF MIXED FLOW IMPELLERS: Geometric relationship, axial flow pumps, design. Use of aerofoil data for impeller
design, guide vane, pump casing. (6)

FANS: Fan laws, performance coefficients, effect of change in fan speed, density, series and parallel operation, fan design losses,
blade shape, casing. (6)

PROPELLER FANS: Cross flow fans, principle of operation, applications, regulation of volume flow, sources of vibration in fans,
noise attenuation testing. (6)

BLOWERS: Types, centrifugal blower - design procedure, selection, performance, special applications, control of volume flow. (5)

COMPRESSORS: Different types of compressors - characteristic curves. Centrifugal compressor - multistage arrangement, blade
design, types of diffusers, performance, series and parallel operation. (5)

AXIAL FLOW COMPRESSORS: Cascade theory, efficiency, two dimensional cascade, velocity triangles and stage loading, stage
reaction, losses, compressor-testing procedure. (5)

DISC STRESSES AND CRITICAL SPEED: Determination of disc stresses – sum and difference curves, Critical speeds of two
bearing and three bearing shafts, torsional critical speeds (4)

Total : L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Val S Lobanoff and Robert R Ross,―Centrifugal Pumps Design and Application‖, Jaico Publishing House, Madras.1996.
2. Allan Wallis R, ―Axial Flow Fans and Ducts‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1983.

96
REFERENCES:
1. Ronald P Lapina, ―Estimating Centrifugal Compressor Performance‖, Gulf Publishing Company, 1982.
2. Church S Austin and Jagdish Lal, ―Centrifugal pumps and blowers‖, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt.Ltd, Delhi.1973

15M007 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY

3003

ANALYSIS OF STRESS AND STRAIN: Stress at a point, stress tensor, stress transformations, principal stresses, octahedral
stress, equations of equilibrium, strain tensor, principal strains, strain-displacement relations, compatibility conditions. Measurement
of strain using strain rosettes (9)

CONSTITUTIVE EQUATIONS: General theory, generalized Hooke‘s law, equations of elasticity, Mitchel-Beltrami and Navier
equations, formulation of the general elasticity problem, boundary conditions. (9)

SOLUTION OF SOME SPECIAL BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS: Two dimensional problems in rectangular and polar co-
ordinates, Airy‘s stress function. A few representative 3D problems - torsion and bending of non-circular prismatic bars (Saint-
Venant‘s solution), membrane analogy. (9)

PLASTICITY: Plastic flow and its microscopic and macroscopic descriptions, continuum plasticity, stress-strain curves of real
materials, definition of yield criterion, concept of a yield surface in principal stress space, yield criteria, tresca, Von Mises. (8)

PLASTIC STRAIN ANALYSIS: Prandtl-Reuss and Levy-Mises equations, deformation in plane stress-yielding of thin sheet in
biaxial and uniaxial tension. Plane strain deformation-stress tensor, hydrostatic and deviatoric components, plastic potential, plastic
instability, work hardening, effective stress and effective strain, strain rates and temperature effects on flow stress. Introduction to
slip line field theory (10)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N, ― Theory of Elasticity‖, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2.. Chakrabarthy J., ―Theory of Plasticity‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Boresi A P, Schmidt R J and Sidebottom O M, ―Advanced Mechanics of Materials‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1993.
2. Durelli A J, Phillips E A and Tsao C H, ―Introduction to the Theoretical and Experimental Analysis of Stress and
Strain‖, McGraw Hill, New York,1958.
3. Dieter G E, ―Mechanical Metallurgy‖, McGraw Hill,1988.
4. Dally J W and Riley W F, ―Experimental Stress Analysis‖, McGraw Hill International, 1991.

15M008 MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS

3003
INTRODUCTION: Modern materials in design, types, metals, polymers, ceramics, composites. Polymers-Classification, properties
of thermo plastics, properties of thermo setting plastics, applications, merits and demerits. Classification of composites, Honey comb
composites, advantages, applications. Matrix and their role, principal types of fibre and matrix materials. (8)

PROCESS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF COMPOSITES: Manufacture of polymer matrix composites-Lay up and curing, open and
closed mould processes, bag moulding, filament winding, pultrusion, pulforming, thermoforming, advantages and limitations of
different processes. Manufacture of metal matrix and ceramic matrix composites. Advantages, limitations and characteristics of
ceramic and metal matrix composites. (8)

CONCEPTS OF SOLID MECHANICS: Stress and strain, Strain Energy, Plane stress and plane strain, Generalized Hook‘s Law for
different types of materials, material symmetry, Engineering constants, coordinate transformation, thermal effects and moisture
effects, (8)

MICRO MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF A LAMINA: Volume and mass fractions, density and void content, evaluation of elastic
moduli, ultimate strengths of a unidirectional lamina, coefficients of thermal and moisture expansion. (7)

MACRO MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF A LAMINA: Hook‘s Law for a two dimensional unidirectional lamina and angular lamina,
evaluation of elastic moduli for unidirectional and angle lamina, engineering constants of unidirectional and angle lamina, strength
failure theories, failure theories for composite lamina. (7)

MACRO MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF A LAMINATE: Laminate code, stress - strain behaviour in a laminate, Resultant forces
and moments in a laminate, interlaminar stresses in laminates. (7)

Total : L: 45

97
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Autar K Kaw, "Mechanics of Composite Materials", CRC Press, NY, 1997.
2. Agarwal B D and Broutman L J, "Analysis and Performance of Fibre Composites", John Wiley and Sons Inc, 1990.

REFERENCES:
1. Ronald F Gibson, ‖Principles of Composite Material Mechanics", McGraw Hill Book Co, 1994.
2. Robert M Jones, "Mechanics of Composite Materials", McGraw Hill Book Co, 1970.
3. Terry Richardson, "Composites - A Design Guide", Industrial Press Inc, NY, 1987.
4. Sanjay K Mazumdar, ―Composites Manufacturing‖, CRC Press, NY, 2003.

15M009 INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT INDUSTRY AND AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS

3003
AIRCRAFT INDUSTRY OVERVIEW: Evolution and history of flight, types of aerospace industry, aerospace industry trends, global
and Indian Aircraft Scenario. Functioning aircraft industries Airbus, Boeing and HAL (4)

INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFTS: Basic components of an aircraft, structural members, aircraft axis system, aircraft motions,
control surfaces and high lift devices. Types of aircrafts –conventional design configurations based on power plant location, wing
vertical location, intake location, tail unit arrangements, landing gear arrangements (6)

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS : Environmental control systems(ECS), pneumatic systems, hydraulic systems, fuel systems, landing
gear systems, engine control systems, ICE and rain protection systems, cabin pressurization and air conditioning systems, steering
and brakes systems, auxiliary power unit. Functioning above systems in Airbus 380 aircraft (6)

ELECTRICAL AND ELETRONIC SYSTEMS: Electrical and Electronic Systems, Avionics, flight controls, autopilot and flight
management systems, navigation systems, communication, information systems, radar system, (5)

BASIC PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT: Significance of speed of sound, air speed and ground speed, properties of atmosphere,
Bernoulli‘s equation, forces on the airplane, airflow over wing section, pressure distribution over a wing section, generation of lift,
drag, pitching moments, types of drag, lift curve, drag curve, lift/drag ratio curve, factors affecting lift and drag. (7)

AEROFOIL : Aerofoil nomenclature, types of aerofoil, center of pressure and its effects, wing section-aerodynamic center, aspect
ratio, effects of lift, drag, speed, air density on drag.. (4)

STABILITY AND CONTROL: Degree of stability – lateral, longitudinal and directional stability and controls of aircraft. Effects of
flaps and slats and lift coefficients, control tables, stalling, landing, gliding turning, speed of sound, mach numbers, shock waves (6)
.
AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE AND MANEUVERS: Power curves, maximum and minimum speeds of horizontal flight, effects of
changes of engine power, effects of altitude on power curves, forces acting on a aeroplane during a turn, loads during a turn, correct
and incorrect angles of bank,. Visiting aircraft maintenance shop (7)

Total : L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kermode A C, ―Flight without Formulae‖, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., 2008.
2. Kermode A C,D. R. Philpott, R. H. Barnard, ―Mechanics of Flight‖, Prentice Hall, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Anderson John D. Jr, ‖ Introduction to Flight‖, McGraw Hill Publishers, 2007.
2. Ian Moir and Allan Seabridge, ―Aircraft Systems: Mechanical, Electrical and Avionics Subsystems Integration‖, John Wiley &
Sons, 2008
3. Course Material of Infosys.
4. Shevell, ―Fundamentals of Flight‖, Pearson Education, 1989.

15M010 DESIGN OF AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS

3003

OVERVIEW OF THE AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROCESS: Introduction, phases of aircraft design, aircraft conceptual design process,
conceptual stage, preliminary design, detailed design, design methodologies. Use of software for aircraft conceptual design (4)

INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES: Types of structural members of fuselage and wing section ribs, spars, frames,
stringers, longeron, splices, sectional properties of structural members and their loads, types of structural joints, type of loads on
structural joints. (5)

98
AIRCRAFT LOADS: Aerodynamic loads, inertial loads, loads due to engine, actuator loads, maneuver loads, VN diagrams, gust
loads, ground loads, ground conditions, miscellaneous loads. (4)

AIRCRAFT MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESSES :Material selection criteria, aluminum alloys, titanium alloys, steel
alloys, magnesium alloys, copper alloys, nimonic alloys, non metallic materials, composite materials, use of advanced materials
smart materials, manufacturing of structural members, overview of types of manufacturing processes for aircraft components (5)

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS OF AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES: Theory of plates-analysis of plates for bending, plate deflection under
different end conditions, strain energy due to bending of circular, rectangular plates, plate buckling, compression buckling, shear
buckling, buckling due to in plane bending moments, analysis of stiffened panels in buckling, rectangular plate buckling, analysis of
stiffened panels in post buckling, post buckling under shear, sample exercises. Structural analysis of aircraft structures using FEM
software (7)

THEORY OF SHELLS: Analysis of shell panels for buckling, compression loading, shear loading / shell shear factor, circumferential
buckling stress, Sample exercises. (5)

THEORY OF BEAMS: Symmetric beams in pure bending, deflection of beams, unsymmetrical beams in bending, plastic bending of
beams,shear stresses due to bending in thin walled beams, bending of open section beams, bending of closed section beams (6)

THEORY OF TORSION: Shafts of non-circular sections, torsion in closed section beams, torsion in open section beams, multi cell
sections, sample exercises. (4)

AIRWORTHINESS AND AIRCRAFT CERTIFICATION: Definition, airworthiness regulations, regulatory bodies, type certification,
general requirements emergency provisions, emergency landing requirements. (5)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Raymer Daniel P. Ph. D, ―Aircraft Design: A Conceptual Approach‖, AIAA Education Series, 2002.
2. Michael Niu, ――Airframe Stress Analysis and Sizing‖, Technical Book Co, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Roger D Schaufele, ―The Elements of Aircraft Preliminary Design‖, Aries Publications, 2000.
2. Filippo De Florio, ―An Introduction to Aircraft Certification‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2011.

15M011 SYSTEM MODELING AND CONTROL

3003
CONTROL SYSTEM FUNDAMENTALS:Basic elements of control systems – open loop and closed loop control –elements of
closed loop control system – SISO,MIMO systems , sampled data, digital control systems. (4)

MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATION: Matrix theory, Differential Equations and Laplace Transform (3)

MATHEMATICAL BASICS OF CONTROL SYSTEMS: Block diagrams, Block diagram reduction, signal flow graphs, Mason‘s gain
formula ,Transfer function, translational and rotational mechanical transfer function, Electrical and electro-mechanical system
transfer functions, DC motor transfer function, Examples of modeling and transfer functions (5)

BASIC CONTROL THEORY: Poles and zeros; 1st order systems , 2nd order systems , More than 2 poles; zeros; nonlinearities and
linearization, PID controllers (5)

TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS: Stability; Routh-Hurwitz criterion, Stability analysis, Steady state error analysis, Root locus introduction,
Root locus example, Design of transient response using root locus, Positive feedback, Examples of design via root locus, Steady-
state error compensation, Transient response compensation; transient and steady-state error compensation, Compensation
examples, Feedback compensation and its physical realization, Feedback design examples (12)

FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS: Frequency response; bode plots, Bode plot examples, Gain margin and phase margin, Design
using the frequency response; lead, lag, lead-lag compensators, The state-space representation, Solving the state equations in the
time and space domains, State equation examples, Stability and steady-state error in state space (10)

REVIEW: Modeling and transfer functions using mathematical modelling (2)

REVIEW: Root locus, feedback design using mathematical modelling (2)
REVIEW: Frequency domain and design using mathematical modelling (2)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nise, Norman S. ―Control Systems Engineering‖, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley, 2003.
2.. Katsuhiko Ogata, ―Modern Control Engineering‖, Prentice Hall, 2010

99
REFERENCES:
1. Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi, ―Automatic Control Systems‖, Wiley, 2002
2. Gopal M, ―Control systems : Principles and Design‖, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2002.
3. William J Palm III, ―System Dynamics‖, fourth edition, Prentice Hall, 2004

15M012 PRECISION MACHINE DESIGN

3003

INTRODUCTION TO PRECISION ENGINEERING: Precision manufacturing, Intelligent manufacturing – objectives, Reconfigurable

systems. (3)

MOTION ERRORS: Errors and error measurements, Model of measurement, Statistical measurements, Propagation of errors,
Motion errors principle –translational body, rotational body, geometric and kinematic errors, other types of errors in machines –
thermal, cutting force induced, environmental, common geometric errors – cosine, abbe, dead path errors, Classification of errors –
systematic and random errors, synchronous and asynchronous errors, PITE and PDTE, Methodologies of error elimination, Future
vision in machine error inspection, CNC machine error assessment – positioning accuracy using Laser interferometer, contouring
assessment using kinematic ball bar system. CNC machine error assessment (9)

THERMAL PROBLEMS IN MACHINE TOOLS: Machine tool thermal properties, heating up and thermal displacement patterns,
Heat sources – belt transmissions, ball screw, slide and rolling guide joints , rolling guides, spindles and electro spindles, Rolling
bearings, Lubricants – lubrication methods, Heat transfer, significance, heat conduction, convection, radiation, forced cooling. (6)

MODELING, SIMULATION AND OPTIMIZATION – THERMAL BEHAVIOR: thermal model design fundamentals, simulation and
analysis – optimization, Diagnostics, Modeling and compensation, Main trends in improvement of thermal properties. (6)

DESIGN STRATEGIES FOR MACHINE TOOLS: Standard sizes, Precision engineering principles– design, modeling and
simulation , Design roadmap – conceptual analysis, materials selection, kinematic design of bearing and guide ways, Structural
analysis – static and dynamic analysis , Key components – guide ways – selection, precision linear and rotating movement, Bearing
– types of bearings ,applications , Second order phenomena –modeling, parasitic error ,noise, Vibration isolation – design and
Inspection, Commercial products – air bearings, linear motor actuators (LMA), gantry, linear motor stage, Micro machines – design
approach, design challenges – kinematics, interactive forces, actuators, Miniaturized controller, Cost/Accuracy ratio, Precision
machine structures and concepts – linear slide design, SCHNELLE Machine, Moore nanotechnology systems – slow slide servo
machining, Manchester micromachine. Miniaturized controller. (7)

PARALLEL KINEMATIC MACHINES (PKM): Serial and parallel systems, Precision design of PKM – need of PKM ,low cost,
degrees of freedom, workspace volume, high stiffness and agility, repeatability in movement, low inertia, Configurations and
characteristic issues – degrees of calculation, Design principles – Kinematic modeling. (3)

PRECISION CONTROL: Fundamentals of motion control , system modeling and performance assessment , linear dynamics,
nonlinear dynamics – force ripple, friction, hysteresis, incorporating nonlinear dynamics, Control design strategies – PID feedback,
feed forward control, ripple, RBF compensation, internal model control, Case study: Design of piezoelectric actuator – piezoelectric
actuator, LVDT, adaptive controller. (3)

ACTUATORS, TRANSMISSION AND SENSORS: Electric actuators and electric drives – stepper, DC, AC, linear Motors, Solid
state actuators and piezoelectric actuators – mechanical actuators, friction drives, stiffness, friction drive assembly, control scheme
for positioning, positioning measurement, Lead screw, Ball screws, Flexures, Sensors – position measurement- encoder,
potentiometer, opto transducer, linear variable displacement transformer, strain gage, Velocity, Acceleration and Torque
measurements. (3)

VOLUMETRIC POSITIONING ERRORS: Positioning error modeling – rigid body, non rigid body errors, machine configurations and
positioning errors, Positioning error compensation modeling – displacement, squareness and straightness, angular, nonrigid body,
3D grid point, thermal expansion and distortion compensations, straightness errors, temperature correlation and linear
interpolation, Positioning error measurement using laser interferometer - direct measurement, indirect measurement – body
diagonal displacement , vector or sequential step diagonal displacement measurement , Applications – Siemens, Fanuc,
Heidenhain, MDSI controllers– offline real time error compensation , Current issues in modeling of machine errors – definitions of
3D volumetric error based on body diagonal errors. Positioning error modeling (5)

Total : L: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Samir Mekid, ―Introduction to Precision Machine Design and Error Assessment‖, CRC-Press, Taylor and Francis Group, New
York, 2009.
2. Alexander H Slocum, ―Precision Machine Design‖, Prentice Hall Publishers, 1992.

REFERENCES:
1. Moore W R, ―Foundations of Mechanical Accuracy‖, T he Moore Special Tool Company, Bridgeport, Connecticut, 1970.
3. Nakazawa H, ―Principles of Precision Engineering‖, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1994.
4. Smith S.T, Chetwynd D.G, ―Foundations of Ultra – Precision Mechanism Design‖, Gordon and Breach Publishers, Switzerland,

100
 1992.
5. Evans C.E., Hocken R.J., Estler W.T., ―Self-Calibration Reversal, Redundancy, Error Separation and Absolute Testing‖, CIRP
Annals, Vol.45/2, 1996.

15M013 BIO-MECHANICS
3003
INTRODUCTION TO BIOMECHANICS:Basic Terminology and Concepts – Mechanical properties of soft tissues, bones and
muscles. (11)

BIOMECHANICS OF TISSUES AND STRUCTURES OF THE MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM: Biomechanics of Bone,

Biomechanics of Articular Cartilage, Tendons and Ligaments, Peripheral Nerves and Spinal Nerve Roots, Skeletal Muscle. (12)

BIOMECHANICS OF JOINTS: Knee, Hip, Foot and Ankle, Lumbar Spine, Cervical Spine, Shoulder, Elbow the Wrist and Hand. (11)

BIOMECHANICS OF HUMAN MOTION: Linear kinematic and kinetic aspects of human movement, angular kinematic and kinetic
aspects of human movement, equilibrium and human moment, biomechanics of Gait. (11)

Total : L: 45

PROJECT BASED LAB SESSIONS:

 The course includes at least one assignment with mathematical modeling and / or simulation of a practical situation.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Susan J Hall, ―Basic Biomechanics‖, 6th Edition, The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc., 2011.
2. Jay D Humphrey and Sherry L Delange, ―An Introduction to Biomechanics: Solids and Fluids, Analysis and Design‖, 1 st edition,
Springer-Verlag, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Margareta Nordin and Victor H Frankel, ―Basic Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System‖, 3rd Edition, Lippincott Williams
and Wilkins, 2001.
2. Ozkaya, Nihat, Nordin and Margareta, ―Fundamentals of Biomechanics: Equilibrium, Motion and Deformation‖, 2 nd Edition,
Springer, 2009.

MANUFACTURING STREAM

15M020 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING

3003

THE MEANING AND SCOPE OF CIM: Introduction to CIM, definition of CIM, CIM wheel, evolution of CIM, development of
numerical control, computers, computer–aided design (CAD), computer-aided manufacturing (CAM), islands of automation,
evolution of the CIM concept, CIM II, benefits of CIM. Manufacturing: An Overview:Standard industrial classifications. types of
manufacturing - continuous of discrete manufacturing, variety and volume, raw material to final product. Needs of CIM hardware,
CIM software, CIM workstations. (6)

FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATIONS: Introduction, information: types of communications. Fundamentals of computer

communications, representation of data, coding, transmission, medium, types of communication lines, communications hardware.
Network architectures - the seven layers-OSI model, local area network (LAN), manufacturing automation protocol (MAP).Tools and
techniques.Database:introduction, database management - user-database link, DBMS versus file manager, operation of DBMS. (6)

PRODUCT DESIGN: Needs of the market, design and engineering, the design process, computer-aided design (CAD), areas of
application, benefits of CAD, computer graphics, CAD hardware and software, CAD/CAM workstations. Three-dimensional
capabilities - principles of curve generation, representation of 3D surfaces, from CAD to CAM. Computer-aided engineering (CAE) -
finite element technique. Transportability - proprietary formats, plot file formats, Kermit, standard formats-IGES, product definition
exchange specification. Needs of CIM, CAD/CAM continuum, CAD-CAM link.Reverse engineering, simultaneous engineering. (7)

PRODUCTION PLANNING: Introduction, computer-aided cost estimating, production planning and control – MRP II, History Of
Group Technology – role of G.T in CAD/CAM Integration – part families classification and coding – DCLASS and MCLASS and
OPTIZ coding systems – facility design using G.T – benefits of G.T – cellular manufacturing. Process planning - role of Process,
planning in CAD/CAM Integration – approaches to computer aided process planning – variant approach and generative approaches.
(7)

SHOP-FLOOR CONTROL: Data logging and acquisition - instrument interconnection standards. Automated data collection - bar
codes, optical character recognition, vision or image processing, radio frequency identification, magnetic identification, voice

101
technology, comparison. Control types - programmable logic controllers. Sensor technology - touch probes, fiber-optic sensors,
sensor networking. FMS – components of FMS – types – FMS workstation – material handling and storage system –FMS layout-
computer control systems – applications and benefits. (7)

ROBOTICS AND MATERIAL HANDLING: robotics - overview, programming, sensor-controlled robots. Automated guided vehicles
(AGVs) - types and technology, control.AS/RS, palletization.Quality: introduction, modern concepts of quality, statistical quality
control (SQC), statistical process control (SPC), process capability, machining-inspection continuum - DMIS as a CAD-CMM
interface standard. Coordinate measuring machine (CMM). (6)

MANAGEMENT OF CIM: role of management in CIM, cost justification, expert systems, participative management. Impact of CIM
on personnel, role of manufacturing engineers - CIM engineer and technologist, CIM technicians.Roles of institutions. (6)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kant Vajpayee S, ―Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing‖ , PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Mikell. P. Groover ―Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing‖, Pearson Education, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Mikell. P. Groover and Emory Zimmers Jr.,―CAD/CAM‖, Prentice hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1998.
2. Rao P N, CAD/CAM Principles and Applications‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2007.
3. Radhakrishnan P, Subramanyam S and Raju V, ―CAD/CAM/CIM‖, New Age International, 2008

15M021 MANUFACTURE AND INSPECTION OF GEARS

3003
INTRODUCTION TO GEARS: Types of gears-classification, application of gears, gearboxes, drawings for gears, gear production
method an overview, types of blanks and blank preparation. (5)

PRODUCTION OF CYLINDRICAL GEARS: Procedure of cutting gears and obtainable quality in hobbing and gear shaping, cutter
selection and work holding methods, setting calculations. Rack type gear shaping machine description and application.Internal gear
cutting methods, CNC gear hobbing and gear shaping machines. (6)

PRODUCTION OF CONICAL GEARS: Production of straight bevel gears by bevel gear generator, duplex rotary cutter method,
Gleason Reva cycle method, spiral and hybrid bevel gear generation. Description of machine, cutter and machine setting. (6)

GEAR MATERIAL SELECTION AND HARDENING METHODS: Properties of gear materials-non-metallic, non-ferrous and plastic
gears, selection of material for power transmission, high speed application. Selection of materials for worm and wheel. Hardening
by through hardening, case hardening, induction hardening, flame hardening, nitriding and tuftriding, hardening defects (6)

GEAR FINISHING METHODS: Gear finishing advantages, finishing of gears by grinding, shaving, lapping and honing methods,
cold rolling of gears - description of process, machine, cutters and process parameters setting. (5)

GEAR INSPECTION: Type of gear errors-gear quality standards and allowable limits-tooth thickness, base tangent length
measurement, pitch error, radial run out, involute profile error measurements methods and analysis, composite error measurement,
computerized gear inspection, gear failure reasons and remedies. (6)

MODERN GEAR PRODUCTION METHODS: Gear production by stamping, die casting, powder metal process, injection and
compression moulding of plastic gears, cold and hot rolling. Mass production methods, shear speed shaping, gear broaching,
Gleayson G-TRAC – gear generation methods. (6)

ECONOMICAL AND QUALITY PRODUCTION OF GEARS: Gear production systems – batch production, gear production cells,
lean and agile production practices, automobile gear and gear boxes, heavy engineering gear production, gear for instruments and
appliances, process and cutter selection for quantity, cost and quality criteria. (5)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Watson, ―Modern Gear Production‖, Pergamon Press, 1984.
2. HMT, ―Production Technology‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2001.

REFERENCES:
1. SAE, ―Gear Design Manufacturing Inspection Manual‖, SAE, 1990.
2. Weck M., ―Hand Book of Machine Tools‖, Technology & Sons, 1984.
3. Gear Technology‖, Magazine – Back Volumes.
4. Faydor L. Litvin, Alfonso Fuentes-Aznar, Ignacio Gonzãlez-Perez, and Kenichi Hayasaka, ―Noncircular Gears: Design and
Generation‖, Cambridge University Press, 2009

102
 15M022 HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
3003

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to fluid power, properties - hydraulic fluids, air. Selection of hydraulic fluids, comparison between
hydraulics and pneumatics. (5)

ACTUATORS AND CONTROL VALVES: Actuators-types & constructional details, Pressure, flow and direction control valves –
types & constructional details, seals (7)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM DESIGN: Sizing of hydraulic system- power pack, conduits, actuators, valves, accumulators. Heat
generation and estimation of losses. (6)

TYPICAL INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS: deceleration circuit, regenerative circuits, feed circuits,
sequencing circuits, synchronizing circuits, fail-safe circuits. (4)

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM DESIGN: Design of sequential multi actuator circuits Cascade method, Step counter method and Karnaugh
Veitch Map method. Integration of start selection, start restriction, emergency stop modules with multi actuator systems. (10)

TYPICAL INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS OF PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS: Metal working, handling, clamping, counter and timer
circuits. (4)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS: Construction, typical specification, programming methods and applications. (4)

ADVANCED TOPICS IN FLUID POWER ENGINEERING: Servo & Proportional valves- types and applications, Hydropneumatics
(5)
Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anthony Esposito, ― Fluid Power with Application‖, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte.Ltd, Delhi, India, 2003.
2. Srinivasan R, ―Hydraulic and Pneumatic Controls‖, McGraw –Hill education(India) Pvt Ltd, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Majumdar, S.R., ―Oil Hydraulic Systems: Principles and Maintenance‖, Tata McGraw- Hill., New Delhi, 2003.
2. Werner Deppert and Kurt Stoll, ―Pneumatic Controls : An Introduction to Principles―, Vogel-Druck Wurzburg, Germany, 1975.
3. Peter Rohner, ―Fluid Power Logic Circuit Design – Analysis, Design Method and Worked Examples‖, The Macmillan Press
Ltd., UK, 1979.

15M023 NON-TRADITIONAL MACHINING

3003
INTRODUCTION: Technological and commercial need, classification, performance constraints, selection of NTM, hybrid processes.
(3)
MECHANICAL MACHINING PROCESS: Abrasive jet machining, water jet machining, abrasive water jet machining, abrasive flow
machining, magnetic abrasive finishing - process parameters, material removal rate, mechanism analysis, process capabilities,
abrasive particle size, limitations and applications. (9)

ULTRASONIC MACHINING: Ultrasonic machining system, mechanics of cutting, process parameters, analysis, capability, grain
growing model, grain hammering model, limitations and applications. (5)

ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE MACHINING(EDM): Working principle, process parameters, process capabilities, components of
system and its functions, flushing techniques, effect of various parameters on material removal rate, application and limitations,
electrical discharge wire cutting,wire EDM machine, application and limitations. (5)

LASER BEAM MACHINING(LBM):Types of lasers, process characteristics, working principle, process parameters, process
capabilities, components of system and its functions, limitations, application in drilling, cutting, marking and miscellaneous
applications. (4)

PLASMA ARC MACHINING (PAM):Working principle, process parameters, process capabilities, components of system and its
functions, various plasma arc torches, process capabilities, comparison with oxy fuel cutting, application and limitations. (4)

ELECTRON BEAM MACHINING (EBM): Working principle, process parameters, process capabilities, components of system and
its functions, application and limitations. (3)

ELECTRO CHEMICAL MACHINING AND CHEMICAL MACHINING: Working principle, components and functions, effect of
process parameters, material removal rate and mechanism, limitations and applications (4)

FOCUSSED ION BEAM MACHINING (FIB): Working Principle - FIB machining system - Parametric analysis – Applications and
limitations (5)

103
HYBRID PROCESSES: Introduction, working principle, equipment, process parameters, process capabilities and applications of
electro chemical grinding (ECG), electrical discharge grinding (EDG), electro chemical discharge grinding (ECDG). (3)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. HMT, ―Production Technology‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
2. Gary F Benidict, ―Non Traditional Manufacturing Process‖, Marcel Dekker Inc, 1987.

REFERENCES:
1. Hassan Abdel and Gaward El-Hofy, ―Advanced Machining Processes‖, McGraw Hill Publications, 2005.
2. Vijay K Jain, ―Advanced Machining Processes‖, Allied Publications Private Limited, 2002.
3. Carl Sommer, ―Non-traditional Machining Handbook‖, Advance Publishing Inc., 2000.
2. James Brown, ―Advanced Machining Technology Handbook‖, McGraw Hill, 1998.

15M024 RAPID PROTOTYPING

3003
INTRODUCTION: Need for the Time Compression in product development, history of RP systems, survey of applications, growth of
RP industry, classification of RP systems. (4)

RAPID PROTOTYPING PROCESSES INVOLVING LIQUID: Stereolithography: Principle, process details, process parameters,
data preparation, data files and machine details, applications. Solid Ground Curing: Principle of operation, machine details,
applications.Fused Deposition Modeling: Principle, process details, process parameters, path generation and applications. (10)

RAPID PROTOTYPING PROCESSES INVOLVING DISCRETE PARTICLES: Selective Laser Sintering: Principle of operation,
process details, process parameters, data preparation for SLS, machine details, applications. Laser Engineered Net Shaping
(LENS):Principle of operation, machine details, applications. (6)

RAPID PROTOTYPING PROCESS INVOLVING SOLID SHEETS: Laminated Object Manufacturing: Principle of operation, LOM
materials, process details, applications. (2)

CONCEPT MODELERS: Introduction, Types: 3D Systems Thermo jet printer, Sander's model maker II, 3D printer, Stratasys
Genisys Xs 3D Printer, JP system 5 and Objet Quadra system. (4)

RAPID TOOLING: Introduction, Indirect rapid tooling - silicone rubber tooling, vacuum casting, aluminum filled epoxy tooling, spray
metal tooling, cast Kirksite, 3D Keltool, etc., Direct rapid tooling - direct AIM, quick cast process, rapid tool, copper polyamide,
DMLS, prometal, sand casting tooling, laminate tooling, soft tooling Vs hard tooling. (7)

SOFTWARE FOR RP: STL files, overview of solid view, magics, mimics, magics communicator, etc., internet based softwares,
collaboration tools. (4)

ALLIED PROCESSES: Surface digitizing, surface generation from point cloud, surface modification, data transfer to solid models.
(5)
RAPID MANUFACTURING PROCESS OPTIMIZATION: Factors influencing accuracy, Data preparation-errors due to tessellation,
errors due to slicing, Part building errors, Part finishing, Selection of part build orientation. (3)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Pham D T and Dimov S S, "Rapid Manufacturing", Verlag, 2001.
2. Rafiq Noorani, ―Rapid Prototyping-Principles and Applications‖, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Terry Wohlers, "Wohlers Report 2001", Wohlers Associates, 2008.
2. Paul F Jacobs,‖ Rapid Prototyping and Manufacturing‖, Mc Graw Hill Inc.,1992
3. Paul F Jacobs, "Stereo lithography and other RP&M Technologies", SME, 1996.
4. Andreas Gebhardt, ― Rapid Prototyping‖, Hanser Gardner Publications Inc., 2003

15M025 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS

3003

INTRODUCTION: Definition of an FMS - principal objectives – basic component – characteristics of FMS - types of FMS –
equipments and its functions. FMC vs FMS.Types of flexibility and performance measures.Economic and technological justification
for FMS. (4)

104
DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF AN FMS: Planning phases - integration - system configuration - FMS layouts -
simulation - FMS project development steps. Project management - equipment development - host system development – functions
of FMS host computer – FMS host and area controller function distribution - planning - hardware and software
development.Framework for developing maintenance policy for FMS. (6)

DISTRIBUTED NUMERICAL CONTROL AND PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS: DNC system - communication between DNC
computer and machine control unit - hierarchical processing of data in DNC system - features of DNC systems, PLC - control
system architecture - elements of programmable controllers: languages, control system flowchart, comparison of programming
methods. (7)

AUTOMATED MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE: Functions - types - analysis of material handling equipments. Design of
conveyor and AGV systems, storage system performance - AS/RS - carousel storage system - WIP storage system - interfacing
handling storage with manufacturing. Tool management of FMS. (6)

MODELLING AND ANALYSIS OF FMS: Types of analysis: queuing- single server, multiple servers, queue disciplines, markovian
queuing models. Study of decision models in designing a FMS –Capacity optimization – Equipment optimization. Study of decision
models in pre-release planning a FMS – batching (fixed vs flexible) – machine pooling – simultaneous batching: (10)

PROCESS PLANNING: Approaches to process planning, study of a typical process planning, manufacturing planning and control,
overview of production control. (4)

RECONFIGURABLE MACHINES AND SYSTEMS: Challenges, enabling technologies for reconfiguration– system level design
issues in RMS – reconfigurable machines – challenges. (4)

FMS APPLICATIONS: Case studies: computer-integrated robotic flexible welding cell – FMS practices at Automotive industries. (4)

Total : L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Parrish D J, ―Flexible Manufacturing‖, Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd, Oxford, 1993.
2. Groover M P, ―Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing‖, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1 Tien-Chien chang, Richard A Wysk, ―An Introduction to Automated Process Planning Systems‖, Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood
cliffs, New Jersey, 1985.
2 M.Baudin: Manufacturing Systems Analysis with Application to Production Scheduling, Yourdon Press, 1990.
3 J.T. Black: The Design of the Factory with a Future, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1991.
4 S.B. Joshi, and J.S. Smith (ed.): Computer Control of Flexible Manufacturing Systems, Research and Development, Chapman
& Hall, 1994.

15M026 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF AUTOMATED SYSTEMS

3003
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF AUTOMATION:Fundamental concepts in manufacturing and automation, definition of
automation, reasons for automating. Types of production and types of automation, automation strategies, levels of automation.
Introduction to HMI systems (5)

MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS:Introduction, 10 principles of material handling. Material transport systems – trucks, automated
guided vehicles, conveyor systems – types. Analysis of conveyors- single direction, continuous loop and recirculating conveyors.
Elements of a part feeding device: Vibratory bowl feeders and linear vibratory feeders, hoppers, selectors/orientors, feed track ,
escapement/placement devices. Quantitative analysis of part feeding devices. Automated storage/Retrieval systems - types,
sizing and applications, carousel storage systems, sizing of an AS/RS system. (12)

ANALYSIS OF TRANSFER LINES:General terminology, analysis of single station cells, manual assembly lines – analysis of single
model assembly lines, line balancing algorithms. Analysis of transfer lines without storage buffers and with storage buffers. Analysis
of multi-station assembly machines. (12)

AUTOMATED ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS: Automated assembly-design for automated assembly, system configurations. High speed
automatic assembly - design of parts for high speed feeding and orienting, high speed automatic insertion. General rules for product
design for automation. (8)

MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS DESIGN: Mechatronics, key elements of mechatronic systems, Stages in design, traditional and
mechatronic design approaches, possible design solutions. Real time interfacing – introduction, data acquisition systems, overview
of I/O process, virtual instrumentation software. Condition monitoring, adaptive control and SCADA systems. Case studies-pick and
place robot, engine management system, consumer mechatronic products. (8)

Total : L: 45

105
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mikell P Groover, ―Automation Production Systems and Computer- Integrated Manufacturing‖ 3rd edition, Pearson Education
2008.
2. DevdasShetty, Richard A.Kolk, ―Mechatronics System Design‖, Cengage, 2nd edition, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Bolton W, ―Mechatronics―,3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. CEMA, ―Belt conveyors for bulk materials‖, 7th Edition, 2014.
3. Geoffrey Boothroyd, ―Assembly automation and Product Design‖, CRC press, 2005.

15M053 SOLID STATE JOINING PROCESSES

3003

OVERVIEW OF JOINING PROCESSES: Fundamental principles and classifications of fusion and solid-state joining processes,
ultrasonic welding, ultrasonic spot welding, explosion welding process, Magnetically Impelled Arc Butt (MIAB) welding. Electrical
welding, Resistance welding processes: spot welding, seam welding, projection welding, high-frequency resistance welding,
resistance butt welding, flash butt welding, Brazing, Adhesive bonding, Clinching, self pierce riveting. Visit to labs/industries. (8)

DIFFUSION JOINING PROCESSES: Diffusion joining, principles, applications. diffusion brazing; braze welding, diffusion welding;
Diffusion Bonding Metals to Ceramics; solid-state deposition welding processes. Pressure non-fusion welding processes: cold
welding processes, electromagnetic pulse welding, pressure gas welding process, hot pressure welding, forge welding process; Roll
bonding. Visit to labs/industries. (7)

FRICTION WELDING PROCESS: Friction welding (FW) process, Process parameters, applications, metallurgical, mechanical and
tribological characterizations. Spin welding, Rotary drive FW (continuous drive), Inertia welding, Friction taper stitch welding, Radial
FW, Friction plunge welding, Third-body FW. Friction seam welding, Linear and angular FW, Orbital FW, Friction brazing, Friction
seam welding and Friction Stud Welding, study of friction welds and joint quality of FW. Visit to labs/industries. (10)

FRICTION STIR WELDING: Fundamentals of Friction Stir Welding (FSW) process; Taxonomy of FSW. Materials used with FSW;
Heat generation, during FSW, metallurgical and mechanical characterizations, inspection. Material Flow in FSW, Material Changes
during Solid-State Joining and Its Impact, environmental and energy benefits, micro FSW, and its applications. Friction Stir Riveting,
Friction Stir Spot Welding (FSSW), process parameters, Hybrid FSW, Underwater FSW, Ultrasonic assisted FSW, and electrically
assisted FSW. Friction Stir Diffusion Welding, Thermal Stir Welding; Weld defects in FSW. Visit to labs/industries. (10)

TOOL MATERIALS AND INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: FSW Tools, Commonly used tool materials-Tool steels, PCBN tools, W
based tools, other tools; Tool materials selection, Tool geometry, properties of common tool materials, Pin geometry, Load bearing
ability, Tool wear, deformation and failure, tool cost. Tools for ultrasonic welding. FSW of aluminum alloys, magnesium alloys,
titanium, steels. Dissimilar metal FSW. Welding of plastics and welding of non-metals. Industrial Applications-Shipbuilding,
automotive, aerospace, railways, and other industry sectors. Visit to labs/industries. (10)

Total: L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. R.S. Parmar, ―Welding Processes and Technology‖, Khanna Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2010.
2. Daniela Lohwasser and Zhan Chen, ―Friction stir welding from basics to applications‖, Woodhead Publishing, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajiv Sharan Mishra, Partha Sarathi De, Nilesh Kumar, ―Friction Stir Welding and Processing: Science and Engineering‖,
Springer International Publishing, 2014.
2. Bekir Sami Yilbas, Ahmet Z. Sahin, ―Friction Welding: Thermal and Metallurgical Characteristics‖, Springer Science, 2014.
3. P. Asadi and M.-K. Besharati-Givi, ―Advances in Friction-Stir Welding and Processing‖, Woodhead Publishing, 2014.
4. Nilesh Kumar, Rajiv S. Mishra, Wei Yuan, ―Friction Stir Welding of Dissimilar Alloys and Materials‖, Elsevier, 2015.

THERMAL AND FLUID STREAM

15M030 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS

3003

INTRODUCTION: Basic concepts of fluid flow-derivation of the governing equations, conservation of mass, momentum and energy.
Mathematical classification of flow - hyperbolic, parabolic, elliptic and mixed flow types. (7)

DISCRETISATION: Finite difference method - forward, backward and central difference schemes, explicit and implicit methods.
Properties of numerical solution methods - stability analysis, error estimation, difference between the FDM and FVM methods. (9)

INTRODUCTION TO GRID GENERATION: Choice of grid, grid oriented velocity components, Cartesian velocity components,
staggered and collocated arrangements, adaptive grids. (7)

106
CFD TECHNIQUES: Lax - Wendroff technique - MacCormack‘s technique, relaxation technique. Artificial viscosity, ADI technique,
pressure correction technique, SIMPLE algorithm. Upwind schemes - flux vector splitting. (9)

TURBULENCE MODELING: Turbulence energy equation- one-equation model, the k-ω model, the k- ε model. (7)

CASE STUDIES: Solving practical problems such as heat exchangers, IC engines, electronic equipment cooling, and compressors
using CFD packages. (6)
Total : L: 45

Project based lab sessions

 The course includes at least one assignment with mathematical modeling and / or simulation of a practical situation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. John D Anderson, ― Computational Fluid Dynamics – The Basics with Applications‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Muralidhar K. and Sundararajan T., ―Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer‖, Narosa Publications, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Chung T J, ―Computational Fluid Dynamics‖, Cambridge University Press, London, 2010.
2. Versteeg H K and Malalasekara W, ―An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics - The Finite Volume Method‖, Pearson,
2008.
3. Jiyuan Tu, Guan Heng Yeoh, Chaoqun Liu, ―Computational Fluid Dynamics: A Practical Approach‖, Butterworth-Heinemann,
2007.
4. John C. Tannehill, Dale A. Anderson, Richard H. Pletcher, ―Computational Fluid Mechanics And Heat Transfer‖, Taylor &
Francis Group, 1997.

15M031 IC ENGINE DESIGN

3003
I C ENGINES: Introduction - Design of engine based on vehicle characteristics–engine capacity, calculation of bore and stroke
length-balancing and vibration -critical speed and damping. Study of mounting methods of IC engines (6)

FUEL SUPPLY AND IGNITION SYSTEM: Working principles of simple and modern carburetors with modifications for variable
speed, load operation.Supercharging and turbo charging.MPFI system.Diesel fuel pumps and injector-working principle- CRDI
system.Battery and coil, Magneto type systems. (5)

ENGINE LUBRICATION AND COOLING: Functions of a lubricating system; Types of lubrication systems; mist, wet sump and dry
sump systems; properties of lubricating oil; engine performance and lubrication; necessity of engine cooling; disadvantages of over
cooling. Cooling systems; air cooling, water cooling: radiators. (4)

TESTING AND PERFORMANCE: Testing of IC engines-basics engine measurements: dynamometer; air & fuel flow rate, constant
speed and variable speed test, methods of estimating indicated power: Indicator diagram; Willan‘s line; Morse test, brake power,
volumetric efficiency. Heat balance test. (4)

COMBUSTION ENGINEERING: Chemical reactions, Heating values –HCF and LCF analysis. Minimum air flow requirement for
combustion- Normal and abnormal combustion process –knocking / detonation, Factors affecting knocking/detonation in SI and CI
engines; Fuel ratings: Octane and Cetane numbers. (4)

ALTERNATE FUELS: Environmental pollution, Environment friendly fuels: bio fuels, Hydrogen fuel cell. (3)

PISTON: Introduction –calculation of gas forces– variation of gas forces. Design of piston – calculation of side thrust – piston pin,
rings. (4)

CONNECTING ROD: Introduction–design principles, procedure, selection of cross section, materials, manufacturing process - heat
treatment. (4)

CRANKSHAFT: Introduction, determination of primary and secondary forces– balancing forces, calculation of rotating mass,
location of mass. Selection of materials and cross-section, manufacturing process, heat treatment (4)

VALVE ACTUATING MECHANISM: Design of valves – valve springs – tappet. Cam design-cam profile generation, cam shaft
design. Rocker and rocker arm design considerations, materials, manufacturing process, heat treatments (4)

FLYWHEELS: Determination of the mass of a flywheel for a given co-efficient of speed fluctuation. Engine flywheel – stresses of rim
flywheels, design of hubs and arms of flywheel, turning moment diagram (3)

Total : L: 45

107
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Heldt P M, ― High Speed Combustion Engines‖, Oxford IBH Publishing Co., Calcutta, 1996.
2. Lichty, ―I.C. Engines‖, Kogakusha Co., Limited, Tokyo, 1986.

REFERENCES:
1. Giles J G, ―Engine Design‖, Illiffee Books Ltd., London, 1968.
2. John Fenton, ―Gasoline Engine analysis for CAD‖, MEP, London, 1986.
3. Robert L. Norton, ―Machine Design: An Integrated Approach‖, Pearson, 2000.
4. Joseph Shigley, Charles Mischke, Budynas Richard, Keith Nisbett, ―Mechanical Engineering Design‖, Tata McGraw Hill
Education, New Delhi, 2008

15M032 REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

3003
Introduction:- Refrigeration cycles & processes, Psychrometry- properties, processes, Cooling load estimation, use of refrigeration &
Psychrometric chart,. (3)

Refrigeration system components:- Evaporators ,Dx coils, Wet coils ,Flooded liquid cooler, Direct-expansion liquid cooler and liquid
overfeed cooler, Condensation and condensers , Water-cooled condensers. Air-cooled, Evaporative condensers, Cooling towers,
Thermostatic expansion valves ,Compressors- Reciprocating, Rotary, Scroll, and Screw (3)

Packaged & chiller units:- Types, Application, Cooling load estimation, Design and Balancing of components, Layout of the
components. (4)

Cold Storage systems:- Types, Application, Cooling load estimation, Design and Balancing of components, Layout of the
components. (5)

Air conditioning system components :- Fans- Types & selection, Coils- Characteristics, Types & Coil Accessories, Condensate
control, and freeze-up protection, Air filters, Electronic air cleaners, Activated Carbon, humidification and humidifiers, Selection of
humidifiers and design. (3)

Air condition systems:- Classification, Air Heating, and Cooling Systems, Designation, Air conditioning system, Subsystem, and
main components selection, Applications and building occupancies indoor air quality, Types - Packaged terminal air conditioning
Systems, Evaporative cooling and evaporative cooling systems, Space air conditioning systems, Packaged systems and Desiccant-
based Systems, Central systems and clean room systems, Thermal Storage Systems, Chilled water system (9)

Air systems: Equipment— Air-handling units and Packaged units, Functions of AHU, classifications, main components, selection of
AHU, Packaged units – types, performance and selection of Packaged units, Fan room – types, layout considerations (6)

Air duct design:- Basics of airflow in ducts, characteristics of airflow in ducts, Types, Construction, duct heat gain, heat loss and
duct insulation, frictional losses, dynamic losses, flow resistance, principles considerations and procedure in air duct design, layout,
methods, computer-aided duct design and drafting, duct liner and duct cleaning, space air diffusion (6)

Commissioning and Maintenance :- HVAC&R Commissioning , , Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing, HVAC&R Maintenance,
Monitoring and Fault Detection, Diagnostics Assisting Predictive Maintenance, (3)

Sound control, Energy management and global warming :- Energy efficiency,, Kyoto Protocol, Green Buildings, Energy Star, case
study: energy conservation measures for an office, ISHRAE standards, Introduction to Building Management System (BMS) (3)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ISHRAE, ―HVAC Handbook‖ 2014
2. Shan K. Wang, ―Hand Book of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning‖ McGraw-Hill New York, 2008.
3. Arora .C, ―Refrigeration and Air Conditioning‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Roy J Dossat, ―Principles of Refrigeration‖ S I Version, Wiley Easten Limited, New Delhi, 1985
2. Arora .R.C., ―Refrigeration and Air Conditioning‖, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2011
3. Jones W.P., ―Air Conditioning Engineering‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, 1994.
4. Web and video material of NPTEL, Prof. Ramgopal, IIT Kharagpur.

108
 15M033 BIOGAS ENGINEERING

3003

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Bio wastes - types, availability & properties. Processes-biomethanation, fermentation, composting,
pyrolysis, incineration and gasification. Economic viability of biogas technology. Status of biogas technology in India, global
scenario. (9)

INCINERATION: Process, combustion controls, refuses characteristics, schematics of incineration plants, furnace & boiler in
incineration plant. (7)

FBC, PYROLYSIS, GASIFICATION: Fluidized bed combustion boilers for burning solid biomass. Pyrolysis of waste to obtain
methane. Gasification-process, types, advantages & disadvantages. (9)

BIOMETHANATION & HIGH RATE REACTORS: Process of bio digestion, factors affecting biodigestion, classification of digesters.
High rate reactors-types, principle, design and application. Hybrid reactors. (11)

LANDFILL, COMPOSTING AND UTILIZATION OF BIOGAS: Landfill – principle and its application. Gas collection methods.
Composting – aerobic composting and its environmental impacts. Biogas utilization. Biogas using stationary power plants & mobile
power plants. (9)

Total : L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rai G.D, ―Non-conventional sources of energy‖, Khanna Publishers, 2011.
2. Dr.Mukundha.H.S, ―Understanding clean energy and fuels from biomass‖, Wiley India 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Varma A and Behera B, ―Green Energy‖, Capital publishing Company, Bangalore 2003.
2. Anderson L A and Tillman D A , ― Fuels from waste ― ‗ Academic press, New York , 1977.
3. Prabhakar V K , ― Solid Waste Management‖, Anmol Publications, New Delhi 2001.

15M034 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 3003

AUTOMOBILE ARCHITECTURE AND PERFORMANCE: Automotive components, subsystems and their positions- Chassis, frame
and body, front, rear and four wheel drives, Operation and performance, Traction force and traction resistance, Power required for
automobile-Rolling, air and gradient resistance. (6)

ENGINE ARCHITECTURE AND PERFORMANCE: Types of engine, multi valve engine, in-line engine, vee-engine, Petrol engine-
direct, single point and multipoint injection, diesel engine-common rail diesel injection, supercharging and turbo charging, alternate
fuels-ethanol and ethanol blend, compressed natural gas, fuel cells, hybrid vehicles, Engine Control Unit. (6)

TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS: Clutch : Types-coil spring and diaphragm type clutch, single and multi plate clutch, centrifugal clutch,
Gear box : Types-constant mesh, sliding mesh and synchromesh gear box, layout of gear box, gear selector and shifting
mechanism, overdrive, automatic transmission, Propeller shaft, universal joint, slip joint, differential and real axle arrangement,
hydraulic coupling (10)

WHEEL AND TYRES: Types of wheels, construction, wired wheels, Tyres- construction, Radial, bias & belted bias, slip angle,
Tread patterns, Tyre retreading cold & hot, Tubeless tyres. (6)

SUSPENSION SYSTEM: Types-front and rear suspension, conventional and independent type suspension, leaf springs, coil
springs, dampers, torsion bars, stabilizer bars, arms, air suspension systems. (6)

STEERING SYSTEM: Types of steering systems, Ackermann principle, Davis steering gear, steering gear boxes, steering linkages,
power steering, wheel geometry-caster, camber toe-in, toe out etc., wheel Alignment and balancing. (6)

BRAKING SYSTEM: Forces on vehicles, tyre grip, load transfer, braking distribution between axles, stopping distance, Types of
brakes, Mechanical, Hydraulic, Air brakes, Disc & Drum brakes, Engine brakes, anti lock braking system. (5)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gupta .R.B, "Automobile Engineering ", Satya Prakashan, 2009.
2. Kirpal Singh, ―Automobile Engineering Vol-I & II‖, Standard publishers, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Julian Happian Smith, ―An Introduction to Modern Vehicle Design‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, New Delhi, 2002

109
2. Crouse W H, ―Automotive Transmissions and Power trains‖, McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1976.
3. Heinz Heisler, ―Vehicle and Engine Technology‖, SAE International and Elsevier, 1999.

15M035 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS

3003
AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICALS AND ELECTRONICS: Basic electrical components and their operation in an automobile - starting
systems - charging systems - ignition systems- electronic fuel control - environmental legislation for pollution - overview of vehicle
electronic systems - power train subsystem - chasis subsystem - comfort and safety subsystems. (7)

INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS: Embedded systems definition-components of embedded systems - microprocessor,

classification of microprocessors, microcontrollers, and memory peripherals. Introduction to an embedded board (TMS470/ARM9
based) for hands on lab sessions (RISC processor based with standard peripherals/interfaces and I/OS). (8)

OPERATING SYSTEM IN EMBEDDED ENVIRONMENT: Introduction to OS - General purpose of OS, RTOS - Kernel - Pre-
emptive and non-pre-emptive, scheduler, interrupt - interrupt latency and context switch latency - board support package - task,
multi-tasking, task synchronization, inter-task communication - features of a typical embedded RTOS (μC/OS-II). (8)

INTEGRATE DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT: Introduction to integrated development environment (IDE) - getting started, HW /
SW configuration (boot service, host - target interaction) - booting reconfiguration - Managing IDE - target servers, agents, cross
development, debugging - introduction to an IDE for lab board - RTOS, PC based debugger. (8)

EMBEDDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOTIVE APPLICATIONS: Engine management systems - Gasoline/diesel systems, various
sensors used in system - vehicle safety system - electronic control of braking and traction - introduction to control elements and
control methodology - electronic transmission control - body electronics - infotainment systems - navigation systems - system level
tests - software calibration using engine and vehicle dynamometes - environmental tests for electronic control units. (10)

EMBEDDED SYSTEM COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS: Introduction to control networking - communication protocols in

embedded systems -SPI, I2C, USB - vehicle communication protocols - introduction to CAN, LIN, FLEXRAY, MOST, KWP2000 -
DETAILS OF CAN. (4)

Total L: 45

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Denton T, "Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems", Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004.
2. Nicholas Navit, "Automotive Embedded System Handbook", CRC Press, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. "BOSCH Automotive Handbook" John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2007.
2. Knowles D, "Automotive Electronic and Computer Controller Ignition Systems", Prentice Hall, 1988.
3. William T M, "Automotive Electronic Systems", Heinemann Ltd., London, 1978.
4. Joerg Schaeuffele and Thomas Zurawka, "Automotive Software Engineering- Principles, Processes, Methods and Tools‖, SAE,
2005.

15M036 ADVANCED FLUID DYNAMICS

3003
HISTORY OF FLUID MECHANICS,Properties of fluids – Viscosity, Compressibility, Stress in a fluid and Relation to Pressure ,
Stability of Floating and Immersed Bodies (2)

FLUID KINEMATICS:Lagrangian and Eulerian Analysis Velocity Field, Stream Lines, Streak Lines, Path Lines, (4)

INTEGRAL& DIFFERENTIAL ANALYSISControl Mass and Control Volume Analysis, Integral and Differential Analysis –
Definitions, Reynolds Transport Theorem, Material Derivative, Moving Control Volume.Conservation of Mass, Conservation of
Momentum, Conservation of Energy in integral and differential forms, Bernoulli‘s Equation and Restrictions. (6)

POTENTIAL FLOW: Bernoulli‘s Equation for Irrotational flow, Velocity Potential, Stream Function and Stream Lines Complex
Potential for a flow, Cauchy Riemann Conditions, Basic Potential Flows, Circulation, Lift, Drag, Blasius Formula, Superposition of
Potential Flows, D‘Alembert paradox, Conformal Mapping, Joukoswski Transformation, Schwarx-Christoffel Transformation
(12)

VISCOUS FLOW:Derivation of Navier-Stokes Equation, Closed form solutions, Plane Poiseuille flow, Couette flow, Hagen-
Poiseuille Flow, Darcy-Weisbach and Fanning friction factors, Frictional Loss, Modified Bernoulli equation, Moody Chart, Losses
in pipe fittings (6)

BOUNDARY LAYER THEORY: Prandtl‘s boundary layer equations, Blasius solution, Karman-Pohlhausen Integral momentum

110
equation, boundary layer separation and control, streamlined and bluff bodies -flow around circular bodies and aero foils,
calculation of lift and drag (6)

TURBULENCE: Introduction, Derivation of Time Averaged Equations, Turbulence Models, Simple Analysis of the Turbulent
Boundary Layer Velocity Profile (3)

INTRODUCTION TO GAS DYNAMICS: Mach Number and Compressibility, Isentropic Flow, Velocity of Sound and Pressure
Disturbances, Subsonic and Supersonic Flows, Choking, Introduction to Shocks, Fanno Flows and Rayleigh flows (6)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Munson B R, Young D F and Okiishi T H, ―Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2010
REFERENCES:
1. Currie I. G., ―Fundamental Mechanics of Fluids‖, CRC Press, 2012.
2. SchlictingH., GerstenK., ―Boundary Layer Theory‖, Springer, 2004.
3. Ascher H. Shapiro, ―National Committee for Fluid Mechanics Films, Cambridge‖, Massachusetts, February 1972.

15M037 RENEWABLE ENERGY

3003
SOLAR ENERGY: Basic concepts, solar radiation, potential of solar energy, Solar Collectors, Flat Collectors, Evacuated Tubes,
Concentrators, Solar Plant Configurations, Photovoltaic Converters environmental aspects of solar energy, (7)

WIND ENERGY: Principles of wind power, wind turbine operation, site characteristics, horizontal and vertical axis types,
aerodynamics of wind turbine, performance and wake analysis, design principles of wind turbine, tower design, new developments,
small and large machines, Magnus effect, storage systems. (10)

OCEAN ENERGY: About Ocean Waves, Offshore Wave-Energy Converters, Shoreline Wave-Energy Converters, Tidal Energy,
Marine Current Turbines System, Salination Energy (5)

BIOMASS AND WASTE TO ENERGY: Concepts and systems, biomass production, energy plantations, short rotation species,
forestry system, biomass resource agro forestry wastes, municipal solid wastes and agro processing industrial residues,
environmental factors and biomass energy development, combustion, Pyrolysis, gasification and liquefaction, modeling, appliances
and latest development. Bioconversion: biogas, fermentation and wet processes, chemicals from biomass and biotechnology. Bio-
diesel, ethanol, methanol, manufacture and properties. (12)

FUEL CELLS: Fuel Cell Classification, Fuel Cell Reactions, The Thermodynamics of Fuel Cells, Performance of Real Fuel Cells,
Hydrogen Production, Hydrogen Storage (6)

OTHER ENERGY SOURCES: Geothermal energy, Magneto Hydrodynamic system (MHD), thermionic and thermo electric
generator, micro-hydel systems. Hybrid systems and applications. (5)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Aldo Vieira da Rosa, ―Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Processes‖, Elsevier Academic Press, 2005
2. Rai G D, "Non Conventional Sources of Energy", Khanna Publishers, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Kothari P, Singal K C and RakeshRanjan, ―Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies‖, PHI Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2008.
2. Sukhatme S P and Nayak J K, ―Solar Energy - Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
3. Bent Sorensen, ―Renewable Energy‖, Academic Press, 2004.
4. Abbasi S A and Naseema Abbasi, ―Renewable Energy Sources and their Environmental Impact‖, PHI Private Limited, 2001.

15M038 SOLAR ENERGY CONVERSION SYSTEMS AND DESIGN

3003

FUNDAMENTALS OF SOLAR RADIATION: Radiation Fundamentals, Sun–Earth Geometric Relationship, Sun-path diagram, Solar
Radiation, , Beam and Diffuse radiation, Measurement of Solar Radiation, Solar Radiation Mapping, Resource Assessment of Solar
Radiation. (8)

SOLAR THERMAL ENERGY CONVERSION: Radiative Properties and Characteristics of Materials, Types of collectors, Flat,
Tubular, Concentrating, Parabolic, Compound, and Fresnel. Applications - Solar Space Cooling and Refrigeration, Solar Desiccant

111
Dehumidification, Passive Space Heating and Cooling Systems, Desalination, Solar Photochemical Applications, Solar power
generation cycles and systems, System design. (16)

ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONVERSION :Solar photovoltaics, Basics, Types of Cell, Materials, Parameters and Performances,
Tracking, Balance of System, Applications, PV power plants, Types, Plant Design. (9)

ENERGY STORAGE: Thermal Energy Storage, Types, Design of System, Thermal energy transfer system design. Mechanical
energy storage, Types and system design, Electrical energy storage types and system design. (9)

ENERGY ECONOMICS: Plant economy, Energy Delivery Factor, Profitability Index, Cost of Energy. (3)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. Yogi Goswami, ―Principles of Solar Engineering‖, CRC Press, 2015
2. Soteris Kalogirou, Solar Energy Engineering: Processes and Systems, Academic Press, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. Bent Sorensen, “Solar Energy Storage”, Academic Press, 2015.
2. Michael Boxwell, ―Solar Electricity Handbook‖, Greenstream Publishing, 2013.
3. K. Lovegrove, W Stein, "Concentrating Solar Power Technology: Principles, Developments and Applications", Woodhead
Publishing, 2012.

15M039 ENERGY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

3003
INTRODUCTION: Energy - Power – Past & Present scenario of World; National Energy consumption Data –Environmental aspects
associated with energy utilization –Energy Auditing: Need, Types, Methodology and Barriers. Role of Energy Managers. Instruments
for energy auditing. (8)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: Components of EB billing – HT and LT supply, Transformers, Cable Sizing, Concept of Capacitors,
Power Factor Improvement, Harmonics, Electric Motors - Motor Efficiency Computation, Energy Efficient Motors, Illumination – Lux,
Lumens, Types of lighting, Efficacy,LED Lighting and scope of Encon in Illumination. (12)

THERMAL SYSTEMS: Stoichiometry, Boilers, Furnaces and Thermic Fluid Heaters – Efficiency computation and encon measures.
Steam:Distribution &Usage: Steam Traps, Condensate Recovery, Flash Steam Utilization, Insulators & Refractories. (12)

ENERGY CONSERVATION IN MAJOR UTILITIES : Pumps, Fans, Blowers, Compressed Air Systems, Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning Systems– Cooling Towers – D.G. sets. (8)

ECONOMICS: Energy Economics – Discount Rate, Payback Period, Internal Rate of Return, Net Present Value, Life Cycle Costing
–ESCO concept. (5)
Total L:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Energy Manager Training Manual(4 Volumes) available at www.energymanagertraining.com, a website administered by Bureau
of Energy Efficiency (BEE), a statutory body under Ministry of Power, Government of India.2004.

REFERENCES:
1. L.C. Witte, P.S. Schmidt, D.R. Brown, ―Industrial Energy Management and Utilisation‖ HemispherePubl, Washington, 1988.
2. Callaghn, P.W. ―Design and Management for Energy Conservation‖, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1981.
3. I.G.C. Dryden, ―The Efficient Use of Energy‖ Butterworths, London, 1982
4. W.C. turner, ―Energy Management Hand book‖ Wiley, New York, 1982.
5. W.R. Murphy and G. Mc KAY ―Energy Management‖ Butterworths, London 1987.

15M051 ADVANCED HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER

3003

REVIEW OF BASIC HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER: Conduction, convection, radiation, thermal conductivity, Fourier Law, Fick‘s
Law, Newton‘s Law, Stefan Boltzmann‘s Law, viscosity, heat transfer coefficient, mass transfer coefficient (3)

CONDUCTION and DIFFUSION:Review of Steady State Governing equations and boundary conditions, Extended surfaces (fins)
and analysis, 2-D Steady State Problems, Cylindrical and Spherical Geometries, Transient Conduction – General Lumped
parameter Analysis, Method of separation of variables, Similarity Variable Method, Laplace Transforms, Heisler Charts, Green‘s
Functions, Numerical Methods – Implicit, Explicit and Crank Nicholson Method, Finite Element Method, Introduction to Inverse Heat
Conduction (9)

112
CONVECTION HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER: Derivation of the full energy equation, Boundary layer approximations for
momentum, heat and mass transfer, Similarity of Boundary Layers, Momentum, heat and mass transfer analogy, Blasius Similarity
Solution, Karman-Pohlhausen Integral Solution, Forced Convection Heat and Mass transfer cylinders and spheres, Internal flow –
Fully Developed flow for constant heat flux and constant temperature boundary conditions, Developing Flow, Graetz Problem, . Free
convection, heat transfer from vertical and horizontal surfaces, Similarity Solution (12)

BOILING AND CONDENSATION:Pool boiling heat transfer, Nucleate Boiling and bubble growth, Critical heat flux, Film Boiling and
Leidenfrost point, Convective Boiling, Condensation, filmwise condensation and drop wise condensation, Nusselt Model (6)

DESIGN OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER EQUIPMENT: Selection and design of Heat Exchangers, Cooling Towers, Scrubbers,
Cyclones and Bag Filters - LMTD & Effectiveness method (NTU) to study performance of heat exchangers, (6)

RADIATION HEAT TRANSFER:Rayleigh and Wien Distribution, Planck‘s Distribution, and Derivation of the Stefan Boltzmann Law,
Spectral, Total, Hemispherical and Directional Emission, Irradiation, Reflection, Absorption and Transmission, Emissive power,
Black Body and Grey body Definition, Radiation heat transfer between surfaces, shape factor, radiation shield,Introduction to Gas
radiation (9)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Frank P Incropera and David P Dewitt, ―Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer‖, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007
2. Boundary Layer Theory, H. Schlicting
3. Fundamental of Heat Exchanger Design – R. K. Shah and D. Sekulic, John Wiley, 2003

REFERENCES:
1. NecatiOzisik M, Heat Transfer –A Basic Approach, McGraw Hill, New York, 1985.
2.http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc-BANG/Heat%20and%20Mass%20Transfer/New_index1.html

15M054 ENERGY AND CLIMATE CHANGE

ENERGY AND ECONOMY:Energy production, consumption and economic growth, current energy scenario, Trends in energy use
of oil, coal and gas, Peak Oil,economics of depletableresources, energy balance, sankey diagram, Electricity Markets (7)

ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT: Fossil fuels and Carbon emissions, air pollution, global warming, Non-CO2 GHGs , thermal
pollution, environment impact assessment, Need for energy efficiency and conservation, energy paradox, Energy, Economy and
Environment interaction. (8)

CLIMATE CHANGE: Carbon emissions and Greenhouse effect - sources, trends, warming potential of gases, Impacts of global
warming, life cycle assessment of greenhouse gas emissions,Climate change modeling and general circulation models. Positive and
Negative feedback loops. (10)

CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION AND ADAPTATION: Carbon emissions and safe level of CO2, Carbon Cycle: Carbon neutral
and carbon negative cycles, Emission reduction and its impacts, Carbon Sequestration&Geoengineering, Technologies, SRM,
CDR.Green energy concept. (10)

MITIGATION POLICY: Kyoto protocol; UNFCCC; IPCC; Geopolitics of GHG control; Carbon market - CDM and other emission
trading mechanisms; Relevance for India and developing countries (10)

Total: L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chris Martenson(2011). The Crash Course: The Unsustainable Future of Our Economy, Energy, and Environment. John Wiley
& Sons
2. Botkin, D.B. and E.A. Keller (2014). Environment Science: Earth as a Living Planet, 9 th edition John Wiley & Sons Inc., New
York.

REFERENCES :
1. Miller Jr., G.T. (2005). Environmental Science: Working With the Earth. 11 th edition Wadsworth Publishing Company, Belmont,
California
2. Philander, S.G. (ed.) (2012). Encyclopedia of global warming and climate change. 2nd edition, SAGE Publications, Inc.,
California.

113
 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING STREAM

15M040 LEAN MANUFACTURING

3003
INTRODUCTION:Origins and objectives of lean manufacturing-Lean process,3M concept, key principles and implications of lean
manufacturing-traditional vs lean manufacturing characteristics–roadmap for lean implementation and lean benefits .study of Ford
and Toyota production system, JITmanufacturing, Lean building blocks. (7)

LEAN MANUFACTURING CONCEPTS:Value creation and waste elimination – seven types of waste- pull production - different
models of pull production -The Kanban system - continuous flow-The continuous improvement process / Kaizen-Worker
involvement. Design of kanban quantities, Leveled production, tools for continuous improvement. (7)

GROUP TECHNOLOGY AND CELLULAR LAYOUT: JIT with cell manufacturing - Part families - Production flow analysis –
Composite part concept – Machine cell design-Quantitative analysis – case studies. Single piece flow (7)

VALUE STREAM MAPPING: The value stream – benefits, mapping process. The current state map–mapping icons, mapping
steps.VSM exercises, Takt time calculations (7)

LEAN MANUFACTURING TOOL SAND METHODOLOGIES: Standardized work – standard work sequence, timing and working
progress. Quality at source - Autonomation/Jidoka, Visual management system, Mistake proofing/Poka-Yoke. 5S technique –
Elements and waste elimination thro 5S, advantages and benefits, 5S audit. Visual control aids for improvement, Flexible work
force (7)

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE: Goals and benefits – Hidden factory, the six big losses, types of maintenance, Overall
equipment effectiveness, Pillars of TPM and implementation. Changeover and setup time reduction techniques. Temple of quality,
OEE calculations. (7)

RECONCILING LEAN WITH OTHER SYSTEMS: Study of lean six sigma and lean design – lean and ERP- lean with
ISO9001:2000, administrative lean. (3)
Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Micheal Wader,―Lean Tools: A Pocket guide to Implementing Lean Practices‖, Productivity and Quality Publishing, 2002.
2. William M Feld, ―Lean Manufacturing:Tools, Techniques and How to Use Them‖, APICS, 2001

REFERENCES:
1. Richard B Chase―Production and Operations Management‖, McGraw-Hill,2003
2. Taiichi Ohno, ―Toyoto Production Systems: Beyond Large Scale Production‖, Productivity Press,1988.
3. Askin RG and GoldbergJ B,―Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
4. Mahadevan B,―Operations Management‖, Pearson,2010.

15M041 VALUE ANALYSIS AND VALUE ENGINEERING

3003

CONCEPTS: Introduction – status of VE in India and origin country – impact of VE application – types of values – types of function
– function identification on product – feature function matrix – function analysis – elements of costs – calculation of costs – cost
allocation to function (6)

WORTH : Introduction to worth – evaluation of worth – determining worth – guide lines to find worth – importance of VE
methodology. (5)

TECHNIQUES: General techniques: brain storming – gordon technique - feasibility ranking – morphological analysis – ABC
analysis – probabilistic approach – make or buy technique. (5)

SPECIAL TECHNIQUE: . Function – cost-worth analysis – Function analysis system techniques – Technically oriented FAST-
Weighted evaluation method – numerical analysis - forced decision matrix – evaluation matrix Customer oriented FAST– function
analysis – break even analysis. (11)

VALUE ENGINEERING IN JOB PLAN: Orientation phase – information phase – functional analysis – creative phase – evaluation
phase – presentation phase – implementation phase – audit phase. (11)

114
CASE STUDIES: Water treatment plant – engineering management- pump component,- motor component,- wet grinder -
automobile parts – hospital service (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mukhophadhyaya A K, ―Value Engineering‖, Sage Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
2. Richard J Park, ―Value Engineering – A plan for inventions‖, St.Lucie Press, London, 1998.

REFERENCES:
1. Larry W Zimmesman. P E , ―VE –A Practical approach for owners designers and contractors‖, CBS Publishers, Delhi, 1992
2. Arthus E Mudge, ―Value Engineering‖, McGraw Hill book company, 1971

15M042 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

3003
INTRODUCTION TOSUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: Definition, global optimization, objectives of SCM. Logistics networks- data
collection, model and data evaluation, solution techniques. (7)

INVENTORY MANAGEMENT AND FORECASTING: Introduction to inventory and multi order opportunities, Inventory policy-
Periodic review policy, Continuous review policy, Effect of demand uncertainty. Risk pooling, centralized and decentralized system,
managing inventory in the supply chain, forecasting-The Role of Forecasting in a Supply Chain, Risk Management in Forecasting,
case studies. (8)

VALUE OF INFORMATION: Bullwhip effect, information and supply chain technology. Supply chain integration- push, pull and
push-pull system. Demand driven strategies, impact of internet on SCM, distribution strategies. (8)

STRATEGIC ALLIANCES: Framework for strategic alliance, third party logistics, retailer, supplies partnership, distributor-
integration, procurement and out servicing strategies. (8)

INTERNATIONAL ISSUES IN SCM: Introduction, risks and advantages- design for logistics, supplies integration into to new
product development, mass customization. Issues in customer value. (7)

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FOR SCM: Goals, standardization, infrastructure, DSS for supply chain management. (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Simchi – Levi Davi, Kaminsky Philip and Simchi-Levi Edith, ―Designing and Managing the Supply Chain ―3rd Edition McGraw-
Hill Education 2007.
2. Chopra S and Meindl P, ―Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and Operation‖, Pearson, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Robert B Handfield and Ernest L Nichols, ―Introduction to Supply Chain Management‖, Prentice Hall, Inc. New Delhi, 1999.
2. Sahay B S, ―Supply Chain Management‖, Macmillan Company, 2000.
3. David Brunt and David Taylor, ―Manufacturing Operations and Supply Chain Management : The Lean Approach‖, Vikas
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2001.
4. Hartmud Stadler and Christoph Kilger, ―Supply Chain Management and Advanced Planning: Concepts, Models, Software‖,
Springer-Verlag, 2000.

15M043 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND APPLIED ERGONOMICS

3003

INTRODUCTION: Definition, human technological system, multidisciplinary engineering approach, human–machine system,
manual, mechanical, automated system, human system reliability, conceptual design, advanced development, detailed design and
development. (6)

INFORMATION INPUT: Input and processing, text, graphics, symbols, codes, visual display of dynamic information, auditory,
tactual, olfactory displays, speech communications. (6)

HUMAN OUTPUT AND CONTROL: Physical work, manual material handling, motor skill, human control of systems, controls and
data entry devices, hand tools and devices. (6)

WORKPLACE DESIGN: Applied anthropometry, workspace design and seating, arrangement of components within a physical
space, interpersonal aspects of work place design, design of repetitive task, design of manual handling task, work capacity, stress,
fatigue. (6)

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Illumination, climate, noise, motion, sound, vibration, colour and aesthetic concepts. (6)

115
BIOMECHANICS : Biostatic mechanics, statics of rigid bodies, biodynamic mechanics, human body kinematics, kinetics, impact
and collision. (5)

BIOTHERMODYNAMICS AND BIOENERGEITICS: Biothermal fundamentals, human operator heat transfer, human system
bioenergetics, thermoregulatory physiology, human operator thermo regularity, passive operator, active operator, heat stress. (5)

HUMAN FACTORS APPLICATIONS: Human error, accidents, human factors and the automobile, organizational and social
aspects, steps according to ISO/DIS6385, OSHA‘s approach, virtual environments. (5)

Total : L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chandler Allen Phillips, ―Human Factors Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000.

REFERENCES:
1. Bridger R S, ―Introduction to Ergonomics‖, Taylor and Francis, London, 2003.
2. Mayall W H, ―Industrial Design for Engineers‖, London ILIFFEE Books Ltd., UK, 1998.
3. Mark S Sanders, ―Human Factors in Engineering and Design‖, McGraw Hill, New York, 1993.

15M044 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES FOR ENGINEERING SYSTEMS

3003

UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION: Introduction – unconstrained optimization - one-dimensional optimization – elimination

methods – Fibonacci method, golden section methods – interpolation methods – quadratic, direct route method – multivariable
optimization - direct search methods – pattern search methods – univariate method, hooks and jeeves method, simplex method –
descent methods – steepest descent, Newton methods. (11)

CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION: Direct methods – the complex method, cutting plane method – indirect methods – interior and
exterior penalty function methods, Khun-Tucker conditions, Lagrangian method, Augmented Lagrangian method. (7)

DYNAMIC AND INTEGER PROGRAMMING: Dynamic programming – principle of optimality, problems related to allocation,
assignment, transportation, Integer programming – branch and bound method, Gomary cutting plane method, Introduction to mixed
integer programming. (10)

NETWORK MODELS: Shortest path problems, Minimum spanning tree problems, Maximum flow problems, Minimum cost
problems, Network simplex method. (8)

NON TRADITIONAL OPTIMIZATION:Tabu search, Particle swarm optimization, Genetic Algorithm, Simulated annealing, Teaching-
Learning Behaviour Optimization (TLBO). (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice‖, Wiley-Interscience, 1996.
2. Kalyanmoy Deb, ―Optimization for engineering design‖, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.

REFERENCES:
1. Maurice Clerc, ―Particle Swarm Optimization‖, ISTE, 2007.
2. Dimitri P Bertsekas, ―Dynamic Programming: Deterministic and Stochastic Models‖, Prentice Hall, 1987.
3. Harvey M Salkin, ―Integer Programming‖, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1975.
4. David E Goldberg, ―Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning‖, Addison Wesley Pub Co., 1989

15M045 QUALITY ENGINEERING

3003
CONCEPT OF QUALITY ENGINEERING: Quality value and engineering- overall quality system-quality engineering in product
design - quality engineering in design of production processes - quality engineering in production - quality engineering in service.
(7)
LOSS FUNCTION: Derivation – loss function for products/system- justification of improvements- loss function and inspection-
quality evaluations and tolerances-N type, S type, L type. (7)

ON-LINE QUALITY CONTROL: On-line feedback quality control variable characteristics-control with measurement interval- one
unit, multiple units-control systems for lot and batch production. (7)

On-line process parameter control variable characteristics- process parameter tolerances- feedback control systems- measurement
error and process control parameters. (6)

ON-LINE QUALITY CONTROL ATTRIBUTES CHARACTERISTICS: Checking intervals- frequency of process diagnosis. (6)

ON-LINE QUALITY CONTROL METHODS FOR PROCESS IMPROVEMENTS: Production process improvement method- process

116
diagnosis improvement method- process adjustment and recovery improvement methods. (6)

QUALITY ENGINEERING AND TPM: Preventive maintenance schedules- PM schedules for functional characteristics- PM
schedules for large scale systems. Quality tools–fault tree analysis, event tree analysis, failure mode and effect analysis.ISO quality
systems. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. De Feo J A and Barnard W W, ―Six Sigma: Breaktrough and Beyond‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Pyzdek T and Berger R W, ―Quality Engineering Handbook‖, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1996.

REFERENCES:
1. Kaniska Bedi, ―Quality Management‖ Oxford University Press, Chennai, 2007.
2. Brue G, ―Six Sigma for Managers‖, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Second reprint, 2002.
3. Taguchi G, Elsayed E A and Hsiang, T.C.,‖Quality Engineering in Production Systems‖, Mc-Graw-Hill Book company,
Singapore, 1989.

15M046 MANAGERIAL FINANCE

3003
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL FINANCE: Definition, Managerial Finance function, Goal of the firm, Governance and Agency.
(4)

FINANCIAL MARKET ENVIRONMENT: Commercial Banks, Investment Banks, Shadow Banking System; Money Market, Capital
Market Real Estate Finance, Financial Crisis, Regulations Governing Financial Institutions and markets, Business Taxes. (5)

FINANCIAL TOOLS : The Four Key Financial Statements, Types of Ratio Comparisons, Liquidity Ratios, Activity Ratios, Debt
Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Market Ratios, Dupont System of Analysis. (5)

CASH FLOW AND FINANCIAL PLANNING : Depreciation Methods, Strategic and operating financial plans, Preparing and
Evaluating the Cash Budget, Preparing the Cash Budget, Types of Costs and Expenses. (8)

TIME VALUE OF MONEY : Future Value versus Present Value, Types of Annuities, Mixed Streams, Loan Amortization. (4)

STOCK VALUATION: Differences between Debt and Equity, Common and Preferred Stock, Market Efficiency, Common Stock
Value, . (3)

CAPITAL BUDGETING TECHNIQUES: Overview of Capital Budgeting, Payback Period, Net Present Value (NPV), Internal Rate of
Return (IRR), Conflicting Rankings. (8)

FINANCIAL DECISIONS: Long Term-Breakeven Analysis, Capital Structure Theory, Graphical Presentation of Financing Plan,
Optimal Capital Structure, Short Term- Fundamentals of Net Working Capital, Techniques for Managing Inventory, Credit
Monitoring, Receipts and Disbursements, Managing Liabilities. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lawrence J Gitman and Chand J Zutter, ―Principles of Managerial Finance‖, Pearson Education, USA 2012.
2. Prasanna Chandra, "Fundamentals of Financial Management", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Pandey I M, ―Management Accounitng‖, Vikas Publishing House, 2001.
2. Pande I M, "Financial Management ", Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. Van Horne, ―Financial Management‖, McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. Ramachandra Aryasri A, Ramana Murthy V V, ―Engineering Economics and Financial Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2004.

15M047 ENGINEERING ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

3003
PROJECT FEASIBILITY: Marketing, technical, financial feasibilities, case studies, report preparation. (5)

117
PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Nature, scope, different phases of project – phased manufacturing plan (PMP), totally integrated
project management techniques. (5)

INTEREST AND TIME VALUE OF MONEY: Simple interest, compound interest, uniform series payments, interest factors, use of
interest tables, nominal and effective interest rates, continuous compounding, uniform continuous payment- uniform gradient
(7)

METHODS FOR EVALUATION OF TANGIBLE ALTERNATIVES: Present worth comparison - equal, unequal lived assets - study
period – assets with infinite life - capitalized cost, bond valuation. Equivalent uniform annual cost comparison – situations for EUAC -
Rate of return comparisons IRR – MARR IRR misconceptions (10)

PROJECT FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS: Depreciation - reasons - depreciation accounts - causes of declining value - depreciation
methods. Cost - volume - profit analysis: review of conventional approach - analysis with time value - linear - non-linear - multi
product break even analysis. - review of project management - PERT - CPM - crashing - cost system.
(6)
REPLACEMENT ANALYSIS: Items deteriorating with time and items that fail completely, not accounting for time value of money
and with accounting for time value of money, replacement policy for new and old machine with infinite horizon, group replacement
(6)

RISK ANALYSIS: Risk in economic analysis, measuring risk investment, risk profiles, decision trees, formulation of discounted
decision tree, simulation. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. James L Riggs, ―Engineering Economics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Projects‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. James L Pappas and Eugene F Brigham, ―Managerial Economics‖, Holt, Rinehaut and Winston Ltd., 1983.
2. Srinath L S, ―PERT and CPM – Principles and Applications‖, EWP, New Delhi, 1982.
3. Norman N Barish, ―Economic Analysis for Engineering‖, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1978.
4. John M Nicholas, ―Project Management for Business and Technology‖, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.

15M048 INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT

3003
INTRODUCTION : Principles of management - Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management –
Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. Social Responsibility of Engineers. (8)

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Significance of OB, HR - Importance, Objectives
and Functions, Job Analysis and Recruitment, Selection and Placement, Training and Development – Forms of Business
organization. Objectives of job evaluation, Methods of job evaluation, Characteristics of a good wage and incentive systems,
Methods of wage payments. Labour welfare schemes - Factories Act 1948. (9)

METHOD STUDY: Evolution of Industrial Engineering, Productivity definition, means of increasing productivity, Productivity and
work study. work study - Definition, aims, procedure for method study, selection of jobs, recording techniques, micro motion study,
therbligs, cyclograph and chronocycle graph, principles of motion economy, design of work place layout, analysis in the form of
chart, operation chart, flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, man machine chart, two handed chart, SIMO chart (9)

TIME STUDY : Time study equipment, performance rating, allowances, number of cycles to be studied, determination of standard
time. Work place design - Ergonomics. (6)

LAYOUT DESIGN: Manufacturing facility layouts – product, process, fixed position and cellular layouts. Group technology-
Introduction, part classification and coding, assigning machines to groups- binary ordering algorithm. (5)

ASSEMBLY LINE BALANCING: Assembly lines, Approaches to line balancing – largest candidate rule, Kilbridge and wester
method, Ranked positional weight heuristic, COMSOAL. (8)

Total: L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ILO, ―Introduction to work study‖, Universal Publishing Corporation, Bombay, 1986.
2. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖ - Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Mundel, ―Motion and Time Study‖, Prentice Hall of India, 1995.
2. Ralph M. Barnes, ―Motion and Time study‖, John Wiley and sons, 1990.
3. Chandler Allen Phillips, ―Human Factors Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000
4. Mikell P. Groover – Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing, Pearson 2015

118
 15M049 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING

3003

MRP AND INTRODUCTION TO ERP: Introduction – Overview of MRP I and MRP II- Capacity Requirements Planning – History of
ERP – Evolution of ERP – Difference of ERP vs Traditional Systems – Benefits of ERP – Need for ERP - Modules in ERP (8)

ERP IMPLEMENTATION: Traditional approach to information system design – New approach to system development – ERP
Design and Implementation – Requirement analysis for ERP – Alternatives for ERP – lifecycle – implementation methodology
Selection of an ERP package – Hidden Costs – Case Studies (12)

BUSINESS MODULES IN ERP: Accounts – Production Planning – Human Resources – Plant maintenance –Materials
Management – Quality management – Sales and service – Supply Chain Case Studies. (10)

ERP MARKET: Marketplace – Dynamics – SAP AG – Oracle – PeopleSoft – JD Edwards – QAD Inc –SSA Global – Lawson
Software – Epicor – Intutive – Open source ERP software – OODO – ERP Next. (8)

ERP CASE STUDIES: HRM, Finance and Costing, Production, Materials Management, Sales and Distribution, and combination of
modules (7)

Total: L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alexis Leon, ―ERP DEMYSTIFIED‖, Tata McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2008.
2. Mary Sumner, ―Enterprise Resource Planning, Pearson Education, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Jim Mazzullo,SAP R/3 for Everyone, Pearson,2007.
2. Jose Antonio Fernandz, ― The SAP R /3 Handbook, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
3. Biao Fu, ―SAP BW: A Step-by-Step Guide, First Edition, Pearson Education,

15M050 SIX SIGMA IN MANUFACTURE AND SERVICE

3003
INTRODUCTION: Basic concepts - Six sigma definition – Need for Six sigma approach – five laws of six sigma – COPQ – Types
of six sigma: DMAIC vs DMADV (5)

FOUNDATION PHASE: Six sigma as strategic initiative, internal communication strategy and tactics, formal launch, organizational
structure, six sigma training plan, project selection. Project management processes, selection of team members, team stages,
characteristics of effective teams. (6)

DEFINE PHASE: Overview – Types of Customers, Problem identification – Voice of customer – importance, collect VOC data,
Applications of Seven QC tools – SIPOC – QFD - CTQ - Project charter. (8)

MEASURE PHASE: Overview – Types of measures – Types of data - Data collection – Choosing statistical software – Quality cost -
Cost of poor quality. Introduction to Measure tools - Measurement system analysis –Process capability calculations (8)

ANALYSE PHASE: Overview – Process analysis – Selection of statistical testing - ANOVA, – Failure mode and effects analysis -
Gap analysis – Root cause analysis. (6)

IMPROVE and CONTROL PHASE: Overview – Process redesign – Generating improvement alternatives - Theory of Inventive
Problem Solving (TRIZ) – 7 Waste elimination – Cycle time reduction – Pilot experiments – Cost/benefit analysis – Implementation
plan. CONTROL PHASE: Overview – Process scorecard – selection of control charts – Visual controls – Control Plan. (8)

LEAN SIX SIGMA IMPLEMENTATION: Roadmap for implementation. Common Implementation issues and management
strategies. common pitfalls. Final project report and documentation. (4)

Total: L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Betsiharris Ehrlich, ―Transactional Six Sigma and Lean Servicing‖, St. Lucia Press, 2002.
2. Jay Arthur, ―Lean Six Sigma – Demystified‖, Tata McGraw Hill Companies Inc, 2007.

119
REFERENCES:
1. Donald W Benbow and Kubiak T M, ―Certified Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook‖, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Michael George, ―Lean Six Sigma for Service‖, McGraw-Hill Education, 2003.
3. Nancy R. Tague, ―Quality Toolbox‖, ASQ Quality Press, 2005.
4. Joseph Defeo, ―Juran's quality handbook‖, McGraw Hill Education, 2010

15M052 QUALITY MANAGEMENT

3003
INTRODUCTION: Definitions of the terms – quality planning , quality control, quality assurance, quality management , total quality
management as per ISO 8402 – overview on TQM – the TQM axioms – Commitment – scientific knowledge – involvement
Consequences of total quality. (8)

THE DEMING APPROACH: Deming‗s fourteen points on quality management – five DDs – implementing the Deming philosophy -
action plan – the Deming cycle – Case study – Juran quality trilogy – the universal break through sequence – comparison Juran and
Deming approaches – Implementation of juran in manufacturing organization. (11)

CROSBY AND THE QUALITY TREATMENT: Crosby‗s diagnosis of a troubled company - Crosby‗s quality vaccine - - Crosby‗s
fourteen steps for quality improvement - Crosby in service industry case study. (9)

KAIZEN : Meaning – kaizen and innovation – the kaizen management practices – total quality control (TQC) –– small group
activities – quality circles – Comparison of kaizan and Deming‘s approach with illustration. (7)

SUPPORTING TOOLS, ACTIVITIES AND TECHNIQUES IN TQM PROJECTS: Affinity diagram – brain storming – cause and
effect analysis –check list– flow charts – Pareto analysis – quality costing – quality function deployment (QFD) – Training of quality –
self managing teams (6)

ISO 9000 – 2015 QUALITY SYSTEM STANDARDS: The structure of ISO 9000 – 2015 series standards – Development of quality
statement compilying different classes - certification process. (4)

Total: L: 45
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Logothetics N ., ―Managing for total quality – From Deming to Taguchi and SPC ― , Pretence hall Ltd, New Delhi, 1997.
2. Juran J.M & Gryna F.M., ―quality Planning and Analysis – From Product development through use‖, Tata McGrawHill Publishing
Limited, new Delhi, 3rd Edition , 1995

REFERENCES:
1. Deming W E, ―Out of the Crisis," MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.
2. Juran J M and Juran on ―Leadership for Quality" An Executive Handbook, The Free Press, New York, 1989
3. Salor J.H., ―TQM-Fleld Manual,‖ McGraw Hill, New York, 1992.
4. Crosby P.B., ― Quality is Free,‖ McGraw Hill, New York, 1979

ONE CREDIT COURSES

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT

15MF01 PROCESS ENGINEERING AND COSTING

1001
PROCESS ENGINEERING: General Manufacturing process and its types, Selection of manufacturing process-size and
dimensional accuracy. (4)

SELECTING AND PLANNING THE PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE: Fundamental rules of the manufacturing process, Basic
design of the product, Influence of process engineering on product design, Rechecking specifications, how materials selected
affects the process cost, using materials more economically, the material cost balance sheet, Process planning and its types. (6)

SELECTION OF PROPER TOOLING: Classification, sources of tooling, tool holders, work piece holders, molds, patterns, core
boxes, dies and gages. Availability of equipment, Effects of process parameters on performance and economy. (5)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Donald F Eary and Gerald E Johnson, ―Process Engineering for Manufacturing‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Serope Kalpakjian and Seven R Schmid, ―Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials‖ Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2000.

120
 15MF02 STRATEGIC AND HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
1001
STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCES: Introduction, challenges in strategic HRM , managing work flows and conducting job analysis,
planning/recruiting, recruiting/retaining, managing diversity (5)

HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT APPROACHES: Performance management, self motivation, employee relations, rights
and discipline, safety and health (5)

TRAINING AND DEVELOPING A COMPETITIVE WORKFORCE: Knowledge management practices, external and organizational
environments, team building (5)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Randall S. Schuler, ‖Strategic Human Resource Management‖, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2000
2. Gomez-mejia, Balkin and Cardy, ―Managing Human Resources‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2006.

15MF03 MEASUREMENT OF VIBRATION AND SOUND

1001
INTRODUCTION: Fundamental of vibrations – undamped free vibrations - damped free vibrations - forced vibrations - Transient
vibrations – Non-linear vibrations – random vibrations. (3)

MEASURE OF VIBRATION: Vibration instruments – Mechanical Exciters – Electrical exciters and Transducers – Frequency
Analyzers – Free vibration Measurement using Impact hammer – vibration analyzers. (5)

MEASUREMENT OF SOUND :Nature ofsound – sound pressure level – sound power level – sound intensity level – frequency –
combining decibels – sound propagation – sound level meter (5)

CASE STUDIES IN VIBRATION (2)

Total : L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Ramamurti .V ―Mechanical Vibration Practice and Noise Control‖ Narosa Publishing House, 2005.
2. Grover.G. K ―Mechanical Vibratinons‖ New Chand and Brothers, Roorkee, 2001.
3. Rao.J.S and Gupta.K ―Introductory Course on Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations‖ New Age International Pvt.
Ltd.1994.
4. Singh.V. P ―Mechanical Vibrations‖ Dhanpat Rai and Co.Private, Limited, New Delhi , 2000.

15MF04 CHALLENGES IN IMPLEMENTING LEAN MANUFACTURING

1001
VALUE STREAM MAPPING: Sections of VSM - symbols of VSM- application of VSM for an industrial process. (2)

CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT (KAIZEN): Understanding the current status of the industry -establish metrics - identifying the wastes
- applying lean principles (PDCA) - measure productivity. (2)

FMEA: Applying the principles of FMEA- understand severity, detection and occurrence - develop FMEA based on process flow-
prioritize the activities to reduce RPN (4)

CONTROL PLAN: Applying the principles of control plan (CP)- understand sections of CP - establish parameters driven by product
and process- verification needed before start of process- constant monitoring for stability of process- reaction plan. (4)

ERROR PROOFING (POKA-YOKE) - Understanding error proofing Vs mistake proofing (MP) - when EP and MP should be applied-
develop EP and MP for a process- cost implications (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Ruffa, Stephen A, ―Going Lean: How the Best Companies Apply Lean Manufacturing Principles‖ , AMACOM, A division of
American Association, Broadway, New York, 1995.
2. APQP Manual, Automotive Industry Action Group 2008

121
 15MF05 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS OF MECHANICAL
SYSTEMS 1001

INTRODUCTION: Basic concepts of fluid mechanics, Properties of fluids, Classification of fluid flow, Basic of heat transfer –
conduction, convection and radiation, steady state diffusion, convection-diffusion, Introduction to CFD (3)

GOVERNING EQUATIONS: Application of physical principles, Deriving governing equations in conservation form- Continuity,
Momentum and Energy equation, Classification of equations in PDE form. (4)

DISCRETIZATION: Discretization, Grid types, Finite Difference Method - forward, central, backward difference, Truncation error,
Stability, Convergency, Consistency, Implicit and explicit method, Boundary conditions. (4)

CASE STUDIES: Solving practical fluid flow and heat transfer problems such as compressor, IC engine, pumps, and gear boxes
analytically and using CFD software. (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. John D Anderson, ―Computational Fluid Dynamics – The Basics with Applications‖, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2005
2. Muralithar K, Soundararajan.T, ―Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer‖, Narosa Publications, 2003
3. Chung.T.J, ―Computational Fluid Dynamics‖, Cambridge University Press, London, 2002
4. John C Tannehill et al, ―Computational Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer‖, Taylor and Francis, 1997

15MF06 THERMAL ANALYSIS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS USING FINITE ELEMENT

METHOD
1001
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to heat transfer- heat flow, conduction, convection, radiation, Importance of temperature gradient.
(3)

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD: Concept of finite element method, Basic differential equation of heat transfer, Finite element
formulation of governing equation. (3)

HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS: Steady state one dimensional heat flow-conduction, Steady state two dimensional steady state
heat transfer involving conduction and convection. (3)

TRANSIENT HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS: One and two dimensional heat transfer involving conduction and convection (2)

CASE STUDIES: Solving practical problem using software. (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Chandrupatla Tirupathi, ―Finite Element Analysis for Engineering and Technology‖, University Press, 2003.
2. Robert D. Cook, ―Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis‖, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007.
3. Daryl Logan, ―First Course in the Finite Element Method‖, Nelson Engineering, 2007
4. Cengel, ―Heat & Mass Transfer: A Practical Approach‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009

15MF07 CREATIVE AND INNOVATIVE METHODS FOR DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

1001
INTRODUCTION: Overview – The philosophy of designing process, product life cycle, organizations vs. organisms, Customer –
logical, relational, comparative, Market – product driven, demand driven, Design problems – definition, alternatives, decision,
solution. (2)

CREATIVITY: Definition, Need for creativity, Generating creative ideas – the seven Da-Vincian principles, Typology of idea
generation activities, Principles of creativity, Creativity and serentipity. (3)

CREATIVITY TOOLS/TECHNIQUES: Use of creative techniques, Lateral thinking vs. breakthrough thinking, Nine creativity tools –
brainstorming, morphological analysis, analogic approach, bio-mimicry, TRIZ, contra-think, serendipity, technology forecast, six
thinking hats (3)

BRAINSTORMING AND TRIZ: Brainstorming – definition, steps to do brainstorming, evaluation of ideas, TRIZ – levels of invention,
physical contradictions, Contradiction matrix – standard features and inventive principles, Evaluation of technical trends, S-field
analysis. (4)

INNOVATIVE DESIGN: Design rules, Evaluation, Audit, and Innovative design case studies. (3)

122
 Total : L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Paul Trott, ―Innovation Management and New Product Development‖, Pearson education, 2004
2. Brain Clegg,‖ Creativity and Innovation for Managers‖, Butterworth Heinmann publishers, 2005
3. Gopalakrishnan.P.S, ―Ideas, Creativity and Innovation: Keys to Survival‖, ICFAI university press, 2008
4. Srikant Surya Pala A, ―TRIZ: A New Framework for Innovation Concepts and Cases‖, ICFAI university press, 2005

15MF08 CONCEPTS OF PRODUCT DESIGN

1001

INTRODUCTION : Design briefing or product brief statement, Product Design Specification (PDS) and constraints vs. limits. (2)

SKILL SETS EVALUATION: Sketching skills and other skill sets evaluation, Design documentation (1)

CONCEPT DESIGN: Definition, Concept design, Concept generation and evaluation (4)

DETAILED DESIGN: Design factors – manufacture, sales, purchase, cost, transport, and disposal. (2)

ERGONOMICS AND ANTHROPOMETRICS (2)

DESIGN PROCESS: Material selection, Manufacture, Marketing and evaluation of the final design. (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Karl T Ulrich, Steven D Eppinger, Anita Goyal, ―Product Design and Development‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.
2. Mike Ashby, Kara Johnson, ―Materials and Design: The Art and Science of Material Selection in Product Design‖, Butterworth
Heinemann, 2009.
3. Chitale.A.K, Gupta.R.C, ―Product Design and Manufacturing‖, Prentice Hall Of India, 2009.
4. Lal.G.K, Vijay Gupta, Venkata Reddy.N, ―Fundamentals of Design and Manufacturing‖, Narosa Book Distributors Private
Limited, 2010.

15MF09 COOLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

1001
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONICS COOLING: Needs, Goals, Levels. Fundamentals of heat transfer: Extended surfaces, contact
resistance. (4)

AIR FLOW MANAGEMENT: Fan characteristics, System characteristics, Fan performance (2)

HEAT ANALYSIS: System level analysis, Board level analysis, and package level thermal analysis. Heat sink technologies: air
cooled components and boards, experimental methods. (2)

HEAT EXCHANGES AND COLD PLATES: Thermal design process, analytical techniques, thermal design of multi-chip module.
(2)

HEAT SINK DESIGN AND OPTIMIZATION: Free convection, liquid cooling, advanced cooling. (2)

NUMERICAL METHODS: Case studies. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. Incropera.F.P and DeWitt.D.P, "Fundamentals of Heat Transfer", John Wiley and Sons, 1985.
2. Steinberg.D.S "Cooling Techniques for Electronic Equipment", John Wiley and Sons, 1990.
3. Lian- Tuu Yeh, Richard C Chu and Dereje Agonafer, "Thermal Management of Microelectronic Equipment: Heat Transfer
Theory, Analysis Methods and Design Practices", 2002.
4. Tony Kordyban, "Hot Air Rises and Heat Sinks: Everything You Know about Cooling Electronics is Wrong", 1998.

15MF10 VALUE ANALYSIS AND VALUE ENGINEERING

1001
OVERVIEW: Meaning of Value engineering(VE), Difference from other initiatives, Value and its types, Relationship between value

123
vis-à-vis person, time and environment, History of Value engineering/Value analysis/Value management, World bodies of Value
engineering & their activities, Multi-disciplinary team approach in Value engineering study (1)

VALUE ENGINEERING JOB PLAN: Introduction, comparison of job plans of various value engineering authorities, components of
VE job plan (1)

ORIENTATION PHASE: training associates in Value Analysis and Value Engineering (VAVE), different trainings and certifications
available in VAVE, Method to conduct VAVE studies (1)

INFORMATION PHASE: information needed for VAVE, Method to collect and analyze information, ABC Analysis, Pareto Analysis,
Breakeven analysis (1)

FUNCTION ANALYSIS PHASE: Breakdown item into elements and sub-elements, questions to be asked, introduction to functions,
practice session, types of functions (use and sell function), levels of function (basic and secondary), identify various functions,
elements of cost, procedure for cost allocation, cost allocation to function, concept of worth, process flow for determining Worth,
discussions on Worth, meaning of FAST, use of FAST, development history of FAST, different types of FAST. Ground rules of
FAST, FAST diagram. (4)

CREATIVE PHASE: Definition of creativity, misconceptions about creativity, introduction to creative techniques like TRIZ, 3P, lateral
adoption and others (3)

EVALUATION PHASE: Selection of criteria, feasibility analysis, weighted evaluation methods, decision matrix (1)

RECOMMENDATION PHASE: Need for recommendation, method to make presentation, impact analysis and justification report,
implementation plan, presentation skills. (1)

IMPLEMENTATION PHASE: Detailed design, verification and validation, certification, change implementation. (1)

AUDIT PHASE: Need for audit, types of audit, how to do audit. (1)

Total : L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Iyer.S.S, ―Value Engineering - A How to Manual‖, New Age Publishers, Chennai, 2006.
2. Mukhophadhyaya A K, ―Value Engineering‖, Sage Publications Private Limited, New Delhi, 2003.

15MF11 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

1001

COMPRESSORS IN AIR CONDITIONERS: Reciprocating, Scroll, Screw compressors, Rotary vane compressors, components and
its purpose, operation, performance and selection (3)

THERMAL & OIL MANAGEMENT IN COMPRESSORS: High side, low side compressors, performance parameters, oil circulation
ratio, oil missiblity (3)

ENERGY EFFICIENT OPERATION: Variable speed motors (VFD), EC motor (Electronically commutated motors), Electronic
Expansion Valves, smart air conditioners (3)

ENERGY MANAGEMENT & CONTROL SYSTEM: AHU Controls, Dry cooler / Adiabatic Control Panels, Cassette Unit Controls,
Building management systems (BMS) (3)

ENERGY RATINGS: Star rating calculation, Rating regulations & standards, Minimum Energy Performance (MEPS) requirements
(3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Andrew D. Althouse, Carl H. Turnquist and Alfred F. Bracciano , ―Modern Refrigeration and Air Conditioning‖ Goodheart-
Willcox; Eighteenth Edition, Text edition (January , 2004)
2. Faye C. McQuiston, Jerald D. Parker, Jeffrey D. Spitler, ― Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Analysis and Design‖
Wiley; 6 edition (August , 2004)
3. http://learning.danfoss.com/english
4. http://www.hvac-learning.com/

124
 15MF12 SKILLS DEVELOPMENT FOR CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION

1001
BASIC UNDERSTANDING OF CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION: Definitions of and differences between Creativity and Innovation;
Few Creative Thinkers and common traits of Creative Persons; Characteristics of Creative Ideas; Analytical thinking vs. creative
thinking; left and right brain activities; Role of Innovative products and services in Life and in Business; Analysis of three typical
Innovative Products (4)

CREATIVE WORKING: Three main attributes of creativity; Five different methods; Advantages and Disadvantages; Ideating (2)

NEGATIVE ATTITUDES AND MENTAL BLOCKS: Seven negative attitudes to be removed; Four mental blocks to overcome
(3)

MYTHS ABOUT CREATIVE THINKING: Understanding five myths connected with creativity; how to break the myths and overcome
hurdles (3)

POSITIVE ATTITUDES & APPROACHES: Six different attitudes to nurture; identifying each attitude in known creative
personalities. (3)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. Shawn Doyle ―Jumpstart Your Creativity‖, Sound Wisdom Press, 2014
2. Porus Munshi; ―Making Breakthrough Innovation Happen: How 11 Indians Pulled off the Impossible‖, Collins Business, 2014
3. Navi Radjou, Jaideep Prabhu;, ―Jugaad Innovation: A Frugal and Flexible Approach to Innovation for the 21st Century‖ The
Economist, 2012
4. HBR's 10 Must Reads: On Innovation , Harvard Business Review; 2013.

15MF13 CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

1001
BASIC ASPECTS OF CORROSION: Introduction, classification, economics, emf series, Galvanic series. Corrosion theories :
derivation of potential – current relationships of activation controlled and diffusion controlled corrosion processes. Potential – pH
diagrams Fe-H2O system, application and limitations, Passivation (4)

FORMS OF CORROSION: Definition, factors and control methods of various forms of corrosion : uniform, galvanic, pitting, inter
granular, crevice, dezincification, stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue, hydrogen embrittlement. (3)

CORROSION CONTROL METHODS: Atmospheric corrosion – classification, factors influencing atmospheric corrosion, temporary
corrosion preventive methods ; organic coating, corrosion inhibitors, cathodic protection, anodic protection. (3)

CORROSION MONITORING: Electrochemical methods of corrosion rate measurements by Gravimetric, Tafelpolarization, linear
polarization, impedence spectroscopy, harmonics andNDT techniques- ultrasonics, radiography eddy current. (5)
Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. S.N.Banerjee, ―An Introduction to Science of Corrosion and its Inhibition‖, Oxonian Press, P.Ltd., New Delhi, 1985.
2. Zaki Ahmad, ―Principles of Corrosion Engineering & Corrosion Control‖, Butterworth Heinemann, London, 2006
3. E.E. Stansbury, R.A. Buchanan, ―Fundamentals of electrochemical corrosion‖, ASM International, 2000.
4. M.G.Fontana& N.D. Greene, ―Corrosion Engineering‖, III Edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 2005.

15MF14 SIMULATORS FOR INTEGRATED PRODUCTS

1001
INTRODUCTION:- introduction to simulator; definition, objectives of simulator (2)

TYPES OF SIMULATOR:- product simulator; process simulator; (2)

SIMULATOR COMPONENTS:- elements of a simulator; functional simulator / training simulator; Environmental simulation (2)

SIMULATOR DESIGN:- design principles of a simulator; tools; hardware and software; resources; configuring a simulator to a
specific application (3)

125
INTEGRATION OF SIMULATOR:- integrated product development approach; interfaces - mechanical, electrical, electronic and
software; testing; trouble shooting (3)

APPLICATION OF SIMULATOR:- importance / advantages / cost reduction in various areas viz, training, operations, testing; safety
and entertainment; use in academic / research and defense field – case studies – examples (3)
Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. Klee, Harold, ―Simulation of Dynamic Systems with Matlab and Simulink‖, CRC Press Inc, Taylor &Francis Group: Boca Raton
London New York (2007)
2. Peter A. Hancock, Dennis A. Vincenzi, John A. Wise, Mustapha Mouloua, ―Human Factors in Simulation and Training‖, CRC
Press, 2008
3. Annalisa Milella Donato Di Paola, Grazia Cicirelli, ―Mechatronic Systems: Simulation Modeling and Control‖, InTech 2010
4. Sankar Sengupta, System Simulation and Modeling

15MF15 OVERVIEW OF DIGITAL MANUFACTURING

1001

FUNDAMENTALS: Boundary representations (wireframe modeling), Solid representations (CSG/Boolean mathematics), Function
representations (Parametric Modeling), Mesh Modeling/Digital Sculpting, Voxel representations/Medical Imaging/Modeling. (4)

ALGORITHMIC DESIGN: NURBS Modeling/Bezier Surfaces, Parametric Modeling, Generative modeling, Mesh/Voxel Modeling (2)

MACHINE CONTROL: Gantry Control (cartesian), Delta Machine Control, Polar Machines Control, STL/AMF Slicing (2)

SOCIAL IMPACTS: Safety, Liability and intellectual property, Environmental impact, On-demand fabrication models and mass
customization (2)

ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING (Review): Stereolithography, Selective Laser Sintering, Fused Deposition Modeling, Polyjet/inket
printing/single/multi Layered object manufacturing, Digital Light Processing (DLP), Metal Addtive Manufacturing (SLM, Inkjet, etc),
Sand/Ceramics Printing. Advanced materials - Electronic Materials, Bioprinting, Food Printing (3)

MATERIAL PROPERTIES: Mechanical properties of printed materials, Post processing, Multi-materials manufacturing (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Zhou Zude, ―Fundamentals of Digital Manufacturing Science ‖, Springer, 2012.
2. Brian Underdahl, ―Digital Manufacturing for Dummies‖, Protolabs(Wiley), 2015

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES

15OF01 EXPORT - IMPORT MANAGEMENT

1001
INTRODUCTION: Export – Import Business – Preliminaries for starting Export – Import Business Registration. (3)

EXPORT PROCEDURES: Obtaining an Export License – Export Credit Insurance – Procedures and Documentation. (4)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Finance for Exports – Pricing - Understanding Foreign Exchange Rates. (3)

IMPORT PROCEDURES: Import Policy – License - Procedure and Documentation. (3)

EXPORT INCENTIVES: Incentives – Institutional Support. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Ramagopal C., ―Export Import Procedures - Documentation and Logistics‖, New Age International.
2. Cherian and Parab, ―Export Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008.
3. Rathod, Rathor and Jani, ―International Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008.
4. ―Government of India: Export-Import Policy, procedures, etc.‖, (Volumes I, II and III) New Delhi.

126
 15OF02 INSURANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT
1001
INTRODUCTION TO RISK MANAGEMENT: Risk in Our Society. (2)

INSURANCE AND RISK: Client Side – Components of the Costs of Risk. (2)

PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE: Insurance Company Operations – Documents. (4)

MASS CONTROL: Insurance Intermediaries – Insurance Companies and their Role in Deducting Business / Role Risks. (4)

FINANCIAL RISKS: Shift of Risks – Risk Derivatives. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. George E Rejda, ―Principles of Risk Management & Insurance‖, 2010.
2. John Hull, ―Risk Management & Financial Institution‖, 2012.
3. Alka Mittal &. Gupta S. L, ―Principles of Insurance & Risk Management‖, 2006.

15OF03 VALUES AND ETHICS AT WORK PLACE

1001
HUMAN VALUES AND ETHOS: Meaning and Significance of Values – Sources of Individual Values - Value crisis in the
Contemporary Indian Society –Moral and Ethical Values. (4)

APPLICATION OF VALUES: Relevance of Values in Management – Personal Values and Values at Work place – Values for
Managers. (2)

WORK ETHICS: Professional Values & Ethics – Need – Issues – Challenges – Ethical Leadership – Ethical dilemma - Case Study.
(4)
SHARED VALUES IN THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS IMPACT: Need to identify and share values – the Value Construct and How
to Promote Shared Values. (2)

UNIVERSAL VALUES: Cross Cultural Values - Impact of Culture on Organizations and Managing Workforce Diversity. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Tripathi A. N., ―Human values‖, New Age international Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
2. Murthy C.S.V., ―Business Ethics‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007.
3. Jayshree Suresh, Raghavan B.S., ―Professional Ethics‖, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
4. Nandagopal R. and Ajith Sankar RN., ―Indian Ethos and Values in Management‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15OF04 DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIALISATION

1001

EVOLUTION OF MODERN ECONOMY- Colonialism, Capitalism and economic development. (2)

AMERICAN HISTORY- Before and After European arrival. (4)

ROLE SLAVERY and trade in America. (4)

INDIAN ECONOMY – Pre and Post Independence, (3)

INDUSTRIALIZATION IN ASIA AND AFRICA – Colonialism – anti-colonialism and Socialism. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Paul Johnson, ―A History of the American People‖ Harper perennial Edition- 1999.
2. Henry Bamford Parkes, ―The United States of America – A history‖, Second Edition, 1960.
3. Ramesh Singh, ―Indian Economy- for Civil Services Examination‖, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition.
4. John g Jackson and Willis N Huggins, I ―Introduction to African Civilizations‖ - 2011.

127
 15OF05 CREATIVITY AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE
1001
CREATIVITY- Understanding the creative skills (2)

WAYS TO IMPROVE creativity and exercises. (4)

INNOVATION – Process of Innovating new ideas - Importance of Innovation. (4)

ENTREPRENEURIAL skills and development – Intrapreneurship. (3)

SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR and social enterprise – success stories of entrepreneurs – Leadership styles adopted by
successful entrepreneurs. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Bruee R Barringer and Duane Treland, ―Entrepreneurship – Successfully Launching New Ventures‖, Pearson Prentice Hall,
2012.
2. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters& Dean Shepherd, ―Entrepreneurship‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
3. Daniel Kahneman, ―Thinking faast and sloe‖, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011.
4. Robert B Tucker, ― Innovation Everybody‘s Business‖, 2010

15OF06 SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING

1001

DEFINING SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY and social influences on behavior. (2)

ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL and psychological problems and the solutions to address social problems. (4)

ROLE OF SPORTS AND GAMES, yoga practices, tracking and outdoor activities in addressing social and psychological problems. (4)

ORIGINS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDER – roots of social anxiety - prevention of psychological disorders. (3)

NATURE OF INTERVENTIONS – Evaluation of Interventions and implementing the interventions. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Frank W Schneider et all, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications, 2012.
2. Robert A Baron and Giriswar Misra, ―Psychology‖, V Ed., Pearson, Chennai.
3. John T Cacioppo Laura & Freberg, ―Discovering Psychology the Science of Mind‖, Cengage Learning, 2013.
4. Frank W Schneider, Jamie & Gruman, Larry M Coutts, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications.

15OF13 SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

1001
INVESTMENTS ENVIRONMENT: Classification - Financial Instruments – Security Trading. (2)

TYPES OF SECURITY: Trading – Orders, Margin Trading – Clearing and Settlement Procedures. (5)

SECURITY ANALYSIS: Industry Analysis – Company Analysis. (4)

PORTFOLIO: Measuring Risk and Returns and Treatment in Portfolio Management. (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. William F Sharpe, Gordon J. Alexander and Jeffery V Bailey, ―Investments‖, Prentice Hall, 2012.
2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.
3. Ranganatham, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, Pearson Edition, 2004.
4. Bhalla V K., ―Investment Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.

15OF14 IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1001
INTRODUCTION – Need for Quality – Definitions of Quality – Dimensions of Product and Service Quality – Basic Concept of TQM –
Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby – Barriers to TQM. (2)

128
STRATEGIC QUALITY PLANNING – Quality Councils – Employee Involvement – Empowerment – Team and Team Work – PDCA
Cycle – 5S – Supplier Selection and Supplier Rating. (4)

SEVEN TOOLS OF QUALITY – New Management Tool – Concepts, Methodology, Applications to Manufacturing, Service Sector
Including IT – Bench Marking – Reason to Bench Mark, Bench Mark Process – FMEA Types. (4)

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL – Concepts of Productivity – Importance – Modes of Calculating Productivity – Cost of
Quality - SERVQUAL – Quality Improvement Strategies. (3)

CONTROL CHART – Process Capability – Quality Function Development (QFD) – Taguchi Quality Loss Function – TPM Concepts.
(2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Jiju Antony; David Preece Routledge, ―Understanding, Managing and Implementing Quality: Frameworks, Techniques and
Cases‖, Routledge, 2002.
2. Dale H. Besterfield., ―Total Quality Management‖, Pearson, 2011.
3. Hubert K.Rampersad, ―Total Quality Management‖, Springer International Publishing, 2004.
4. Mukkerjee P N., ―Total Quality Management‖, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

15OF15 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

1001
INTRODUCTION: Meaning of finance - Definition of financial management - Scope of Financial Management - Functions of
Financial Manager. (2)

OBJECTIVE OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: Profit Maximization and Wealth Maximization. (4)

CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Designing of Capital Structure - Profitability and Liquidity Aspects. (4)

DIVIDEND POLICY: Determinants of Dividends- Bonus share – Tax aspects. (3)

CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Merger and Acquisition (M&A) - Case Studies. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. Pandey I M., ―Financial Management‖, Vikas Publication House Pvt Ltd., 2013.
2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Financial Management Theory and Practice‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010.
3. James C. Van Horne and John M. Wachowicz JR. ―Fundamentals of Financial Management‖, twelfth edition, Pearson Edition,
2010
4. Khan M.Y and Jain P.K., ―Financial Management‖ TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010.

15OF16 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT THROUGH TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS

1001

EXPLORING THE PERSONALITY - Structural Ego states - Functional Ego states. (2)

MOTIVATION – Strokes Maslow‘s Hierarchy of Needs. (4)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP - Time Management – Transactions - Time Structuring. (4)

STRESS MANAGEMENT - Working Styles – Contamination. (3)

ASSERTIVENESS AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS - Life positions – Competency. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. Eric Berne, ―Games People Play The Basic Handbook of Transactional Analysis‖, The Random House Publishing Group,
Newyork, 1964.
2. Muriel James and Dorothy Jongeward, ―Born to Win‖, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. Philippines, 1971.
3. Claud Steiner, ―Scripts people live: Transactional Analysis of Life Scripts‖, Grove Press Newyork, 1974.
4. Wagner. A., ―The Transactional Manager‖, Prentice Hall Press, New Yark, 1981.

129
 OFFERED BY THE DEPARFTMENT OF ENGLISH

15OF10 CORPORATE COMMUNICATION

1001

INTRODUCTION: Basics of Corporate Culture, Etiquette, Code governing manners and conduct, Personal Grooming, People
relationship, Worthy goals/ideals. (3)

ORAL COMMUNICATION: Communicating in Organizational Settings - Recognizing effective Communication - Mastering Listening
and Nonverbal Communication Skills - Overcoming Barriers to Communication - Communicating in Teams and adapting to Cross
Cultural Communication contexts. (4)

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Planning, Writing, and completing business messages - Writing messages for Electronic Media -
Creating effective E-mail messages - Writing routine and positive and negative messages - Writing persuasive messages – Training
on writing Reports and proposals – Mastering the Format and layout of Business Documents. (5)

Presentation and Negotiation Skills. (3)

Total: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Herta A. Murphy, Hebert W. Hildebrandt, and Jane P. Thomas, ―Effective Business Communication‖, McGraw – Hill,
New Delhi, 2008.
2. Courtland L. Bove‘e, John V. Thill, and Mukesh Chaturvedi, ―Business Communication Today‖, Dorling Kindersley India (Pvt).
Ltd., 2009.

15OF11 - INTERPERSONAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION

1001
UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: Communication Networks in an Organization; Intra- organizational
communication; Inter-organizational communication; Flow Nomenclature; Workplace diversity and intercultural aspects of
communication (4)

COMMUNICATION FUNCTIONS IN ORGANIZATIONS: Teamwork and team dynamics; Conflict resolution strategies and styles;
Leading and influencing others-facilitation skills (3)

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Email Writing, Professional Reports, and Memos (4)

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS: Nature and Dimensions of Interpersonal Communication; Personality and Communication styles;
Active listening and intentional responding; Working with emotional intelligence. (4)

Total L:15

REFERENCES:
1. Bagchi, Subroto. ―The Professional ‖. Penguin Publications, UK. 2011.
2. ―A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK guide)‖. Project Management Institute Inc., USA. 2013.

15OF12 – HUMAN VALUES THROUGH LITERATURE

1001

PROSE: Kalam, Abdul. ―College Education‖ from Wings of Fire, Emerson, R W. ―Self-Reliance‖ Independence, Russell, Bertrand.
―Education‖ Harmony (5)

POETRY: Frost, Robert. ―Mending Wall‖ Neighbourly Relationship,Das, Kamala. ―An Introduction‖ – Identity and Freedom . (2)

DRAMA: Karnad, Girish, Tughlaq – Statesmanship and friendship (3)

ONE-ACT PLAY: Chekhov, Anton. The Bear – Love (1)

SHORT STORY: Maugham, Somerset. ―Mr. Know-All‖ – Empathy, Desai, Anita. ―Devoted Son‖ – Family Bond. (2)

NOVEL: Murthy, Sudha. Gently Falls the Bakula – Gender equality (2)

Total L: 15 hrs

130
REFERENCES:
1. Abrams, M .H. and Harpham, G., ― A Glossary of Literary Terms‖. Cengage, Boston, 2015
2. Scholes, R., Comely, N.R., Klaus, C. H., and Silverman, M. Elements of Literature, Indian Rpt. OUP,New Delhi, 2013
3. Additional readings on individual texts

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

15OF21 PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS

1001
PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: CLASSIFICATION AND DISCRETE CHOICE PROBLEMS: Simple linear regression - multiple linear
regression model development and diagnostics - analysis of transactional data using binary logistic and multinomial logistic
regression models - discrete choice models, non-linear regression. Classification Trees, Classification and Regression Tree (CART)
- forecasting.

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: MARKETING, RETAIL AND OPERATIONS ANALYTICS: Markov chain models in marketing:
Modelling customer relationship as a Markov chain - brand switching - market share estimation - Markov model for customer
retention - Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) estimation.

PRESCRIPTIVE ANALYTICS: Multi-criteria decision making - analytic hierarchy process - data envelopment analysis and their
applications in operations - marketing and finance. Six sigma methodologies for problem solving: DMAIC methodology for problem
solving and process improvement - DMADV methodology for design and development of new process.

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Hopkins M S, LaValle S, Balboni F, Kruschwitz N and Shockley R, ―10 Insights: A first look at The New Intelligence Enterprise
Survey on Winning with Data‖, MIT Sloan Management Review, Vol. 52, No. 1, 21–31.
2. Fausto Pedro García Márquez and Benjamin Lev, ―Advanced Business Analytics‖, Springer, 2015.

131